Glitch in partman templates
Hi Nikolai and others, During Debconf we found at least one small glitch in partman templates (debian installer). A few strings need to be no more than 8 characters. However, your russian translation for "primary" and "logical" unfortunately has more. I guess you need to use some shorteningeven by using abbreviations. Otherwise, the display in some partman screens is a bit bugguy. --
Re: Glitch in partman templates
Quoting Nikita V. Youshchenko ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > Abbrevations will look ugly there, and most likely be unintuitive for > non-technical users. It seems to be a bad idea. > > Where does the 8-char limitation come from? Probably it's possible to > overcome it? Mostly partman design. This is what is displayed in the general partitions summary. Currently, unless massive code changes are done, I guess this is not easy to change, so you have to live with it and, yes, I know it's not easy:-)
Bug#283648: mueller7-dict: Debconf abuse : please lower the priority of the questions
Package: mueller7-dict Severity: normal This package inputs users on any kind of install in Russian language. The default locale for Russian is non UTF8 and this package is installed by tasksel for every Russian install. There is no point at using the critical debconf priority for the displayed notes. All good practice developer documentations assimilate this to debconf abuse. The default medium priority should be enough for this. I intend to NMU this package for solving this bug which breaks unattended Russian installs. The NMU will fix 236774/239746 as well. This NMU will be made with a short delay because: -we need a fixed version in sarge -the package is obviously under-maintained (236774/239746 should have been merged for a while) -- System Information: Debian Release: 3.1 APT prefers unstable APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'testing') Architecture: i386 (i686) Kernel: Linux 2.6.9-1-686 Locale: LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=fr_FR.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to fr_FR.UTF-8) Versions of packages mueller7-dict depends on: ii debconf 1.4.40 Debian configuration management sy ii dictd [dict-server] 1.9.14-2.1 Dictionary Server
Re: Status of l10n updates for apt
Quoting Yuri Kozlov ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > On Tue, 15 Feb 2005 07:12:10 +0100 > Christian Perrier <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> wrote: > >On Feb 7th, I posted a call to translators for sending updates to > >APT > >translations for the "main" branch, that is the development branch, > >for APT 0.6 series which are currently in experimental. > > > > >13 yet to complete: > >ru :"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" > > > > >Translators for these 13 languages will be pinged again, this time > >with translation tems CC'ed. In intend to give them a deadline to > >next > >week-end, before I leave for holidays, and then give Matt Zimmermann > >a > >"GO" to upload 0.6. > > > Whats a problem with my apt-ru.po (see #294075) ? I probably missed it..:-) -- To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED] with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Re: [Fwd: Please update debconf PO translation for the package console-data]
Quoting jetxee ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > I am sending my corrections to russian translation of console-data. My > changes are (I shall use English to describe Russian tranlsation): I already received a fix from Max Dmitrichenko this morning. It actually fixed the missing strings. See attached file. Please come up back direct to me with a complete file which has the agreement of the Russian tema. > * language adjectives (e.g. `French') are now consistently at the first > position, details follow > * country names are now consistently in brackets, like `French > (Canada)', because not all the country modifiers may be expressed as > adjectives and sound in a formal way in Russian > * an exception is made for `English American' and `English British', > since these combinations are quite common in Russia. For easier layout > selection adjective `English' goes first (Russian grammar allows this). > * all layout names are now consistently in feminine gender (`layout' is > f. in Russian, while `language' is m.) > * _CH layous were renamed from `common' to `(Switzerland)' > * fr-latin9 has been renamed from `French (with Euro sign)' to `French > (latin9)' according to suggestion of Christian Perrier > * all SUN layouts received `Sun' in msgstr, all Mac layouts received `Mac' > * fixed typos (a number) It seems you make very interesting suggestions but I can't take the responsibility to change all this unless the Russian team ACKs the changes. ru.po Description: application/gettext
Bug#355251: popularity-contest: Popconf debconf screen (participate to popcon) broken for Russian
Package: popularity-contest Version: 1.32 Severity: normal Tags: l10n The main popcon debconf question is completely broken in Russian. No text is shown except a Da/Niet choice. See http://people.debian.org/~bubulle/popcon-russian.png -- System Information: Debian Release: testing/unstable APT prefers unstable APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'testing'), (500, 'stable') Architecture: i386 (i686) Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash Kernel: Linux 2.6.15-1-686 Locale: LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=fr_FR.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8) Versions of packages popularity-contest depends on: ii debconf [debconf-2.0] 1.4.71 Debian configuration management sy ii dpkg 1.13.16package maintenance system for Deb Versions of packages popularity-contest recommends: ii cron 3.0pl1-93 management of regular background p pn mime-construct (no description available) ii postfix [mail-transport-agent 2.2.9-1A high-performance mail transport -- debconf information: * popularity-contest/participate: true popularity-contest/hostid-failed: popularity-contest/use-http: true -- To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED] with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Re: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3
severity 384323 important thanks Quoting Eugenyi Meshcheryakov analyzing a bug report about broken installer in Russian: > I tried default installation in Russian (RF) in qemu with network off, and > console-cyrillic was installed. There was also dialogs displayed by > console-cyrillic after tasksel were I was able to select switch keys, > but those choices was later overwritten by localechooser's > finish-install. That was not a problem in earlier versions of d-i > because console-cyrillic was configured in second stage, after > finish-install (or how it was called). But now it is confusing. > localechooser should preseed console-cyrillic or do not try to change > it's configuration at all. This bug is probably reproducible with all > languages that have cyr=... in languagelist (Russian, Belarusian). That bug is then here sinceD-I beta2 IN MARCH 2006and not a single Russian user noticed...:-( I find this pretty sad and this indeed shows the poor level of testing that some language teams ad international users and developers give to the localized installer. It somewhat reinforces the feeling of Frans that we really should activate languages that HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY TESTED. I'm yelling right now because I'm quite angry. We put a lot of efforts to allow you guys having an installer translated in all your languages and such negligence is really desperating. This is not addressed to you, Eugen, of course. I know that you not only *translate* to your language but also TEST the installation in Ukrainian. You even do properly analysis for bugs in other languages like this one and I'm grateful to you. I wish I could say the same for all other languages. Thanks, Dmitry, also, for reporting this bug. There's at least one Russian user who uses D-I in his own language I consider this bug makes D-I currently not releasable with Russian activated. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Re: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3
Quoting Stanislav Maslovski ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > Hello, > > On Wed, Aug 23, 2006 at 11:55:44PM +0200, Christian Perrier wrote: > > [ ... ] > > > I'm yelling right now because I'm quite angry. We put a lot of efforts > > to allow you guys having an installer translated in all your languages > > and such negligence is really desperating. > > This sounds like you think you own Debian. "In all your languages" - do you > mean slavonic languages here? Before making such rasist statements, please I mean ALL languages, dude. No bloody racist intent (dunno where you got this idea) but as I'm, quite proudly, think I have some responsibility for the number of languages supported by D-I being now over 60, this indeed sounds a bit funny, I'm afraid. Ask in debian-i18n if you have some doubts...or read this list's archives. > think twice. Also, from your words it is seen that you percept Russian, > Ukranian and Belorussian users as very distint in their nature. Which is > again your own problem, I will not comment on this. Absolutely not. If you again carefully read my answer, it explains that Ukrainian is very well tested because Eugenyi really cares about the work he does and not only translates but also tests the installer in his language. Belarusian is untested Russian is poorly tested Macedonian is loosely tested Bulgarian is loosely tested Kazakh is untested Ukrainian is well tested *that* is the situation for cyrillic languages > I think, this bug was not noticed earlier simply because the most of > experienced users do not upgrade with an installer, they do it with > apt-get distupgrade or something similar. However, I do agree that this > was the task of the i10n team to test the current situation with the > installer (I am not from the team by the way). that's my point...and more precisely it is my point to explain that testing the installer is among the duties of all l10n teams, not only those for cyrillic languages. "ordinary" users can certainly help as well (that's why I CC'ed the debian-russian team) as testing the installer is indeed really easy to do. > Because the bug _is_ noticed now it is better to think of how to solve it > instead of yelling. Eugeniy has actually proposed some ways how to do it. > I hope you understand that this problem is common for all languages that > use console-cyrillic so that disabling just Russian in the installer will > not help. Untrue. That problem happens only for languages which use console-cyrillic. Ukrainian does not (probably because Eugenyi did not feel that need, or for whatever else reason). And, sorry, but I/we (the D-I team) can't fix all languages if I/we don't get support for them. Cyrillic languages users ar very happy that Eugenyi actually cares about them for over 2 years now but I would expect more implications by other users as well. You may find my mail a bit rude, but that's the situation with the installer l10n: it is well localized but very often poorly tested. For instance, I think that the recent beta3 has only been tested in less than 10 languages before it has been released. The beta2 was more testedmostly because I took time to run about 40 different installs in languages I actually can't read and understand (which means I cannot really find all bugs). This is a warning to all language teams and international users: we *will not ship* localization for the installer if they have not been tested before. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Re: Bug#384323: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3
> I see. Personally, I also do not use console-cyrillic in my russian > installations. The console-tools package has a set of russian fonts and > keymaps I am pretty satisfied with. So, perhaps, one solution is to make > console-cyrillic optional and remove it from tasks or whatever place Maybe, yes. This is what Eugenyi decided for Ukrainian, for instance. Bulgarian, Kazakh and Macedonian also do not use console-cyrillic. It's activated for Belarusian and I actually fail to remember what did motivate it (maybe Eugenyi advicehe's usually my reference when it comes at cyrillic stuff) > it is mentioned in the installer. But then /etc/console/boottime.keymap.gz > and /etc/console-tools/config should be configured properly with a certain > tool. I am not experienced with the details of how the installer works, so Indeed, they are. Localechooser's finish-install does so but, from Eugenyi explanations, it indeed overwrites the defaults set by the console-cyrillic package itself. Indeed, I see two ways to go: -remove console-cyrillic for Russian and do just like we do for Ukrainian -do NOT overwrite console-cyrillic defaults in localechooser's finish-install script signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Re: Bug#384323: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3
> AFAIK, console-cyrillic is just a set of cyrillic fonts, keymaps and a script > to tie them up. One thing to mention is that keymap is generated dynamically > by the script from a base keymap and a chosen method of layout switching. > That's all. Dunno. kbd development seems pretty stucked...and console-data is in maintenance-only mode. > The feature for choosing a method for the layout switching is very useful > though, > IMHO. So, may be it is reasonable to support such a feature on the D-I level > for > all languages which have non-latin keyboard layout without a dedicated key for > layout switching? > > That way we can get rid of console-cyrillic and make the keyboard layout > managment > more generic and language independent. All this would be great.if someone jumps in and really looks at all this console/keyboard stuff which is pretty loosely managed in the D-I team currently. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Please update debconf PO translation for the package exim4 4.63-4.0
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for exim4. These templates have been changed by the package maintainer to better integrate with Debian Installer. This translation is part of "level 3" of D-I translations. We would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please respect the Reply-To: field and send your updated translation to [EMAIL PROTECTED] Thanks, # translation of exim4-debconf_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: exim4-debconf_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-08 15:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 23:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 msgid "Remove undelivered mails in spool directory?" msgstr "Удалить недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 msgid "" "There are mails in the exim spool directory /var/spool/exim4/input which " "have not yet been delivered. You can keep them in case you decide to re-" "install Exim at a later date, or you can choose to remove them." msgstr "" "В каталоге почтовой очереди exim /var/spool/exim4/input есть почта, которая " "пока не была доставлена. Вы можете сохранить её на тот случай, если позже " "решите опять установить Exim, либо вы можете выбрать удаление этой почты." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "Move yet undelivered mails from exim(v3) to exim4 spool?" msgstr "" "Перенести недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди exim(v3) в почтовую " "очередь exim4?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "There are some undelivered mails in the spool directory of exim or exim-tls " "in /var/spool/exim/input/. They can be moved to exim4's spool (/var/spool/" "exim4/input/) now where they will be handled by exim4." msgstr "" "В каталоге почтовой очереди exim или exim-tls /var/spool/exim/input/ есть " "недоставленная почта. Эта почта может быть перенесена в почтовую очередь " "exim4 (/var/spool/exim4/input/), где она будет обработана exim4." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "Be aware that this works only one-way, exim4 can handle exim(v3)'s spool but " "not the other way round." msgstr "" "Имейте в виду, что обратная совместимость отсутствует, exim4 может " "обрабатывать почтовую очередь exim(v3), но не наоборот." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "Move the mails only if you don't plan to go back to exim(v3), otherwise the " "mail shouldn't be moved now but manually once you've converted your setup." msgstr "" "Переносите почту только в том случае, если вы не планируете возвращаться к " "exim(v3), в противном случае почта должна быть перенесена не сейчас, а " "вручную после того, как вы сконвертируете вашу настройку." #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single #. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard #. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space #. try to keep below ~71 characters. #. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise #. this will break the choices shown to users #: ../exim4-config.templates:1001 msgid "internet site; mail is sent and received directly using SMTP" msgstr "интернет-сайт; приём и отправка почты напрямую - используя SMTP" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single #. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard #. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space #. try to keep below ~71 characters. #. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise #. this will break the choices shown to users #: ../exim4-config.templates:1001 msgid "mail sent by smarthost; received via SMTP or fetchmail" msgstr "отправка почты через smarthost; приём по SMTP или через fetchmail" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single #. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard #. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space #. try to keep below ~71 characters. #. DO NOT USE commas
Please really update the translation for the package exim4 in your language
Hi, Finally, This is the REAL call for translations for exim4 debconf templates. This package is part of the Debian Installer level 3 translations and it got very important changes recently because it maintainer reworded the templates. Please forget about the call for translations you already received, they were incomplete (thanks to those of you who sent updates, they have been used to build the attached file but, unfortunately, further changes mean you again have to update your translation). Please respect the Reply-To: field and send your updated translation to [EMAIL PROTECTED] This mail has been CC'ed to all D-I translation coordinators for the relevant languages. # translation of exim4-debconf_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: exim4-debconf_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-10 19:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 23:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 msgid "Remove undelivered mails in spool directory?" msgstr "Удалить недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There are mails in the exim spool directory /var/spool/exim4/input which " "have not yet been delivered. Removing Exim will cause them to remain " "undelivered until Exim is re-installed." msgstr "" "В каталоге почтовой очереди exim /var/spool/exim4/input есть почта, которая " "пока не была доставлена. Вы можете сохранить её на тот случай, если позже " "решите опять установить Exim, либо вы можете выбрать удаление этой почты." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 msgid "" "If this option is not chosen, the spool directory is kept, allowing the " "messages in the queue to be delivered at a later date after re-installing " "Exim." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid "Move undelivered mails from exim(v3) to exim4 spool?" msgstr "" "Перенести недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди exim(v3) в почтовую " "очередь exim4?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "There are some undelivered mails in exim(v3) (or exim-tls(v3)) spool " "directory /var/spool/exim/input/." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choosing this option will move these messages to exim4's spool (/var/spool/" "exim4/input/) where they will be handled by exim4." msgstr "" "В каталоге почтовой очереди exim или exim-tls /var/spool/exim/input/ есть " "недоставленная почта. Эта почта может быть перенесена в почтовую очередь " "exim4 (/var/spool/exim4/input/), где она будет обработана exim4." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "This works only one-way: Exim4 can handle exim(v3) spool but not vice-versa. " "You should move the messages only if you do not plan to go back to exim(v3). " "Otherwise, the messages should be moved manually at a later time." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:3001 msgid "Reconfigure exim4-config instead of this package" msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:3001 msgid "" "Exim4 has its configuration factored out into a dedicated package, exim4-" "config. If you want to reconfigure Exim4, use dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single #. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard #. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space #. try to keep below ~71 characters. #. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise #. this will break the choices shown to users #: ../exim4-config.templates:1001 msgid "internet site; mail is sent and received directly using SMTP" msgstr "интернет-сайт; приём и отправка почты напрямую - используя SMTP" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single #. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard #. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space #. try to keep below ~71 characters. #. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices tran
Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba
Quoting Yuri Kozlov ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > 2006/10/19, [EMAIL PROTECTED] <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>: > >Hi, > > > >The Russian translation of the samba debconf templates is still incomplete > >despite calls for translation sent to existing translator. > > >Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug > >against samba. > > Russian debconf templates translation update is attached. Committed. Thanks, Yuri. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Please update debconf PO translation for the package xdm 1:1.0.5-2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for xdm. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against xdm. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, April 03, 2007. Thanks, # translation of xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru.po to Russian # debconf templates for xorg-x11 package # Russian translation # # $Id: ru.po 1042 2006-01-09 07:55:08Z ender $ # # Copyrights: # Branden Robinson, 2000-2004 # Ilgiz Kalmetev, 2002, 2003 # Serge Winitzki, 2003 # # This file is distributed under the same license as the xorg-x11 package. # Please see debian/copyright. # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-22 06:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-02 15:38+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "Default display manager:" msgstr "Выберите желаемый менеджер дисплеев по умолчанию." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:1001 msgid "" "A display manager is a program that provides graphical login capabilities " "for the X Window System." msgstr "" "Менеджер дисплеев -- это программа, которая обеспечивает графическую " "возможность регистрации в системе для X Window System." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple display " "manager packages are installed. Please select which display manager should " "run by default." msgstr "" "Данный X сервер может обслуживать только один менеджер дисплеев, но " "установлено может быть несколько пакетов менеджеров дисплеев. Выберите " "менеджер дисплеев, который должен запускаться по умолчанию." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured to " "manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers " "accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the " "check for a default display manager." msgstr "" "(Несколько менеджеров дисплеев могут запускаться одновременно, если они " "настроены на обслуживание разных серверов X; чтобы добиться этого, " "соответственно настройте менеджеры дисплеев, отредактируйте их сценарии в " "каталоге /etc/init.d и запретите проверку на менеджер дисплеев по умолчанию.)" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop the xdm daemon?" msgstr "Хотите остановить сервер-демон xdm?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The X display manager (xdm) daemon is typically stopped on package upgrade " "and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X session." msgstr "" "Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (xdm) обычно останавливают при обновлении " "или удалении пакета, но кажется, что xdm сейчас управляет по крайней мере " "одним X-сеансом. Если сейчас остановить xdm, то все управляемые им сеансы " "будут прерваны. Или вы можете не останавливать xdm, и тогда новая версия " "будет загружена тогда, когда xdm снова перезапустят." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xdm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If xdm is stopped now, any X sessions it manages will be terminated. " "Otherwise, the new version will take effect the next time the daemon is " "restarted." msgstr "" "Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (xdm) обычно останавливают при обновлении " "или удалении пакета, но кажется, что xdm сейчас управляет по крайней мере " "одним X-сеансом. Если сейчас остановить xdm, то все управляемые им сеансы " "будут прерваны. Или вы можете не останавливать xdm, и тогда новая версия " "будет загружена тогда, когда xdm снова перезапустят."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package cupsys 1.2.7-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for cupsys. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the translation udpates as bug reports against cupsys. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, April 08, 2007. Thanks, # translation of cupsys-ru.po to Russian # translation of cupsys_1.1.23-12_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cupsys_1.1.23-12_ru.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-27 07:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-17 16:32+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001 msgid "Do you want to set up the BSD lpd compatibility server?" msgstr "Хотите установить сервер совместимости с BSD lpd?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The CUPS package contains a server that can accept BSD-style print jobs and " "submit them to CUPS. It should only be set up if other computers are likely " "to submit jobs over the network via the \"BSD\" or \"LPR\" services, and " "these computers cannot be converted to use the IPP protocol that CUPS uses." msgstr "" "Этот пакет содержит сервер, который может принимать задания печати в стиле " "BSD и посылать их в CUPS. Его рекомендуется устанавливать только в том " "случае, если в сети есть другие компьютеры, которые отправляют задания по " "сети с помощью \"BSD\" или \"LPR\" сервисов, и эти компьютеры не могут " "работать с протоколом IPP, который используется в CUPS." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cupsys.templates:1001 msgid "Do you want CUPS to print unknown jobs as raw jobs?" msgstr "" "Хотите чтобы CUPS печатал неизвестные задания как необработанные задания?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cupsys.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) enforces a MIME type for all print " "jobs. Since not all sources of print jobs can attach an appropriate type, " "many jobs get submitted as the MIME type application/octet-stream and could " "be rejected if CUPS cannot guess the job's format." msgstr "" "Все задания печати с помощью IPP имеют тип MIME. Так как не все источники " "заданий печати могут присоединять соответствующий тип, многие задания " "посылаются с MIME типом application/octet-stream. Из-за этого, когда CUPS " "принимает задание с таким MIME типом, он пытается определить формат " "полученных данных. По умолчанию, если тип определить не удаётся, задание " "отбрасывается." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cupsys.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "CUPS can handle all such jobs as \"raw\" jobs, which causes them to be sent " "directly to the printer without processing." msgstr "" "Данная установка заставляет CUPS воспринимать нераспознанные задания с таким " "MIME типом как \"сырые\" задания, которые посылаются на принтер напрямую, " "без обработки." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cupsys.templates:1001 msgid "" "It is recommended to choose this option if the server will be accepting " "print jobs from Windows computers or Samba servers." msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "ipp" msgstr "ipp" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "lpd" msgstr "lpd" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "parallel" msgstr "parallel" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "serial" msgstr "serial" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "socket" msgstr "socket" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "usb" msgstr "usb" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../cupsys.templates:2001 msgid "snmp" msgstr "snmp" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../cupsys.templates:2002 msgid "Printer communication backends:" msgstr "Интерфейсные программы для связи с принтером:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../cupsys.templates:2002 #, fuzzy msgid "" "CUPS uses backend programs to communicate with the printe
Please update debconf PO translation for the package kdebase 4:3.5.5a.dfsg.1-6
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for kdebase. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug report against kdebase. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, April 19, 2007. Thanks, # translation of xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru.po to Russian # debconf templates for xorg-x11 package # Russian translation # # $Id: ru.po 1042 2006-01-09 07:55:08Z ender $ # # Copyrights: # Branden Robinson, 2000-2004 # Ilgiz Kalmetev, 2002, 2003 # Serge Winitzki, 2003 # # This file is distributed under the same license as the xorg-x11 package. # Please see debian/copyright. # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-23 07:15+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-22 12:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: asv <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:1001 msgid "Default display manager:" msgstr "Менеджер дисплеев по умолчанию:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:1001 msgid "" "A display manager is a program that provides graphical login capabilities " "for the X Window System." msgstr "" "Менеджер дисплеев -- это программа, которая обеспечивает возможность " "графического входа в систему для X Window System." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:1001 msgid "" "Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple display " "manager packages are installed. Please select which display manager should " "run by default." msgstr "" "Данный X-сервер может обслуживать только один менеджер дисплеев, но " "установлено несколько пакетов менеджеров дисплеев. Пожалуйста, выберите " "менеджер дисплеев, который должен запускаться по умолчанию." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:1001 msgid "" "Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured to " "manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers " "accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the " "check for a default display manager." msgstr "" "Несколько менеджеров дисплеев могут запускаться одновременно, если они " "настроены на обслуживание разных серверов; чтобы добиться этого, настройте " "менеджеры дисплеев соответственно, отредактируйте их сценарии инициализации " "в /etc/init.d и отключите проверку менеджера дисплеев по умолчанию." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:3001 msgid "Stop the kdm daemon?" msgstr "Остановить сервер-демон kdm?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The K Desktop manager (kdm) daemon is typically stopped on package upgrade " "and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X session." msgstr "" "Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (kdm) обычно останавливают при обновлении " "или удалении пакета, но, кажется, что kdm сейчас управляет по крайней мере " "одним X-сеансом." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kdm.templates:3001 msgid "" "If kdm is stopped now, any X sessions it manages will be terminated. " "Otherwise, the new version will take effect the next time the daemon is " "restarted." msgstr "" "Если сейчас остановить kdm, то все управляемые им X-сеансы будут прерваны. " "Или вы можете не останавливать kdm, и тогда новая версия будет загружена " "тогда, когда kdm снова перезапустят." #~ msgid "" #~ "The X display manager (kdm) daemon is typically stopped on package " #~ "upgrade and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X " #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (kdm) обычно останавливают при " #~ "обновлении или удалении пакета, но, кажется, что kdm сейчас управляет по " #~ "крайней мере одним X-сеансом." #~ msgid "Select the desired default display manager." #~ msgstr "Выберите желаемый оконный менеджер по умолчанию." #~ msgid "" #~ "Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple " #~ "display manager packages are installed. Please select which display " #~ "manager should run by default." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Только один оконный менедж
Please update debconf PO translation for the package glibc 2.5-0exp6
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for glibc. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against glibc. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, April 23, 2007. Thanks, # translation of glibc_2.3.6-15_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glibc_2.3.6-15\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-09 00:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 14:02+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1001 msgid "All locales" msgstr "Все локали" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002 msgid "Locales to be generated:" msgstr "Локали, которые будут сгенерированы:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Locales are a framework to switch between multiple languages and allow users " "to use their language, country, characters, collation order, etc." msgstr "" "Локаль -- это инфраструктура для поддержки в системе нескольких языков и " "позволяет пользователю настроить язык сообщений, страну, алфавит, порядок " "сортировки и тому подобные вещи." #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002 msgid "" "Please choose which locales to generate. UTF-8 locales should be chosen by " "default, particularly for new installations. Other character sets may be " "useful for backwards compatibility with older systems and software." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2001 msgid "None" msgstr "Нет" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002 msgid "Default locale for the system environment:" msgstr "Локаль по умолчанию в системе:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Many packages in Debian use locales to display text in the correct language " "for the user. You can choose a default locale for the system from the " "generated locales." msgstr "" "Многие пакеты в Debian используют локали для отображения сообщений на языке " "пользователя. Вы можете изменить локаль по умолчанию, если английский не " "является вашим родным языком. Эти значения основаны на выбранных вами " "локалях для генерации." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This will select the default language for the entire system. If this system " "is a multi-user system where not all users are able to speak the default " "language, they will experience difficulties." msgstr "" "Замечание: Это настройка устанавливает язык всей системы. Если вы работаете " "в многопользовательской среде, где не все пользователи говорят на выбранном " "вами языке, то у них могут возникнуть проблемы и в этом случае лучше не " "устанавливать локаль по умолчанию." #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose which locales to generate. The selection will be saved to `/etc/" #~ "locale.gen', which you can also edit manually (you need to run `locale-" #~ "gen' afterwards)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Выберите локали, которые нужно сгенерировать. Выбор будет сохранён в " #~ "файле `/etc/locale.gen', который вы можете редактировать вручную (после " #~ "редактирования нужно запустить `locale-gen')." #~ msgid "" #~ "When `All locales' is selected, /etc/locale.gen will be set as a symlink " #~ "to /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Если выбрано `Все локали', то будет создана символическая ссылка /etc/" #~ "locale.gen, указывающая на /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package openssl 0.9.8e-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openssl. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against openssl. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, April 25, 2007. Thanks, # translation of openssl_0.9.8a-8_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openssl_0.9.8a-8_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-11 08:25+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 23:00+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "Services to restart to make them use the new libraries:" msgstr "" "Какие сервисы должны быть перезапущены, чтобы заставить их использовать " "новые библиотеки?" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This release of OpenSSL fixes some security issues. Services will not use " "these fixes until they are restarted. Please note that restarting the SSH " "server (sshd) should not affect any existing connections." msgstr "" "В этом выпуске были закрыты дыры в безопасности. Сервисы не могут " "использовать эти исправления, пока не будут перезапущены. Замечание: " "перезапуск sshd не повлияет на существующие соединения." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Please check the list of detected services that need to be restarted and " "correct it, if needed. The services names must be identical to the " "initialization script names in /etc/init.d and separated by spaces. No " "services will be restarted if the list is empty." msgstr "" "Ниже указан список обнаруженных сервисов, которые надо перезапустить. " "Исправьтесписок, если считаете, что он неправильный. Имена сервисов должны " "соответствоватьименам скриптов в /etc/init.d и должны быть разделены " "пробелами. Если вы очистите список, сервисы не будут перезапущены." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Any service that later fails unexpectedly after this upgrade should be " "restarted. It is recommended to reboot this host to avoid any SSL-related " "trouble." msgstr "" "Если другой сервис начнет мистическим образом сбоить после этого обновления, " "его возможно тоже надо перезапустить. Мы настройчиво рекомендуем вам " "перегрузить машину во избежание проблем, связанных с SSL."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package fontconfig 2.4.2-1.2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for fontconfig. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against fontconfig. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, April 30, 2007. Thanks, # translation of fontconfig_2.4.1-2_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fontconfig_2.4.1-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 18:03+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-25 21:26+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 msgid "Native" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 msgid "Autohinter" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002 msgid "Font tuning method for screen:" msgstr "Способ подстройки шрифтов на экране:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002 msgid "" "Please select the preferred method for tuning fonts for screen rendering." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select 'Native' if you mostly use Bitstream Vera (the default in Debian) or " "any of the Microsoft fonts. Select 'Autohinter' if you mostly use other " "TrueType fonts. Select 'None' if you want blurry text." msgstr "" "Выбирайте Native, если чаще всего используете шрифт Bitstream Vera " "(используется по умолчанию в Debian) или любой из шрифтов Microsoft. " "Выбирайте Autohinter, если чаще всего используете шрифты TrueType. Выбирайте " "\"Без подстройки\", если хотите видеть нечёткий текст." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001 msgid "Always" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001 msgid "Never" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002 msgid "Enable subpixel rendering for screen:" msgstr "Включать технологию субпиксельной отрисовки на экране:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002 msgid "" "Rendering text at a subpixel level generally makes it look a bit better on " "flat (LCD) screens, but can show color artifacts on CRT screens. The " "\"Automatic\" choice will enable it only if a LCD screen is detected." msgstr "" "Отрисовка на субпиксельном уровне обычно делает текст более читабельным на " "плоских (ЖК) мониторах, но на ЭЛТ мониторах могут появиться цветовые дефекты " "изображения. При выборе \"Автоматически\" данная технология будет включена " "только при обнаружении ЖК монитора." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001 msgid "Enable bitmapped fonts by default?" msgstr "Включать растровые шрифты по умолчанию?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001 msgid "" "By default, only outline fonts are used by applications which support " "fontconfig." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Outline fonts are fonts which scale well to various sizes. In contrast, " "bitmapped fonts are often lower quality. Enabling this option will affect " "the systemwide default; this and many other fontconfig options may be " "enabled or disabled on a per-user basis." msgstr "" "По умолчанию, для приложений использующих fontconfig, доступны только " "векторные шрифты. Векторные шрифты обладают свойством хорошего " "маcштабирования к различным размерам. Растровые шрифты тоже маcштабируются, " "но при этом часто теряется качество начертания. Установка данного параметра " "по умолчанию влияет на всю систему; этот и многие другие параметры " "fontconfig можно настроить индивидуально под каждого пользователя." #~ msgid "Native, Autohinter, None" #~ msgstr "Native, Autohinter,
Please update debconf PO translation for the package tcp-wrappers 7.6.dbs-13
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for tcp-wrappers. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against tcp-wrappers. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 01, 2007. Thanks, # translation of tcp-wrappers_7.6.dbs-9_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tcp-wrappers_7.6.dbs-9_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-17 07:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 22:46+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. description #: ../tcpd.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "Use paranoid settings in hosts.allow and hosts.access?" msgstr "Должен tcpd установить параноидальные hosts.allow и hosts.access?" #. Type: boolean #. description #: ../tcpd.templates:1001 msgid "" "New /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files for the TCP wrappers daemon " "(tcpd) will be created as they do not exist yet." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. description #: ../tcpd.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can choose between a generic and permissive configuration which will " "allow any incoming connection or a paranoid configuration which will not " "allow remote connections regardless of where they originate from. The " "latter, even if more secure, will block out all communication, including, " "for example, remote administration." msgstr "" "Будут установлены /etc/hosts.allow и /etc/hosts.deny, поскольку у вас еще " "нет ни одного из них. Вы можете выбрать либо общую и разрешительную " "настройку, которая позволит любое входящее соединение, либо параноидальную " "настройку, которая не позволит удаленные соединения, независимо от того, " "откуда они инициированы." #. Type: boolean #. description #: ../tcpd.templates:1001 msgid "" "Both files can be modified later to suit your needs as explained in the " "hosts_access(5) manpage. These settings will only affect network services " "that use the libwrap library. Restrictions for other services should be " "established by using firewall rules." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "The second option, even if more secure, will block out all communication, " #~ "including, for example, remote administration. So if you need this don't " #~ "choose it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Второй вариант, хотя и более безопасный, заблокирует все соединения, " #~ "включая, например, удаленное администрирование. Так что, если оно вам " #~ "нужно, не выбирайте этот вариант." #~ msgid "" #~ "Regardless of which option you select you can always manually edit both " #~ "files to suit your needs, for this, review the hosts_access(5) manpage. " #~ "This might include giving remote access of services to legitimate hosts." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Независимо от того, какой вариант вы выбрали, вы всегда можете вручную " #~ "отредактировать оба файла под ваши нужды, для этого просмотрите man-" #~ "страницу hosts_access(5). Это может включать разрешение удаленного " #~ "доступа к сервисам для доверенных машин." #~ msgid "" #~ "Notice this only applies to internet services that use the libwrap " #~ "library. Remote connections will still be possible to services that do " #~ "not use this library, consider using firewall rules to block access to " #~ "these." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Учтите, что это применимо только к сервисам интернет, которые используют " #~ "библиотеку libwrap. Удаленные соединения к сервисам, которые не " #~ "используют данную библиотеку, все еще будут возможны, подумайте об " #~ "использовании правил firewall для блокирования доступа к ним."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package fontconfig 2.4.2-1.2
Hi, I mailed you yesterday about a needed update for fontconfig debconf templates. I reworked on previous translations and I can send you now a file with more already translated strings which should save you some work. Please use that file rather than the one I sent you yesterday in case you haven't begun the work. Sorry for the trouble and thanks for your coopoeration, # translation of fontconfig_2.4.1-2_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fontconfig_2.4.1-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 18:03+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-25 21:26+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 msgid "Native" msgstr "Native" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 msgid "Autohinter" msgstr "Autohinter" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 msgid "None" msgstr "Без подстройки" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002 msgid "Font tuning method for screen:" msgstr "Способ подстройки шрифтов на экране:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002 msgid "" "Please select the preferred method for tuning fonts for screen rendering." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select 'Native' if you mostly use Bitstream Vera (the default in Debian) or " "any of the Microsoft fonts. Select 'Autohinter' if you mostly use other " "TrueType fonts. Select 'None' if you want blurry text." msgstr "" "Выбирайте Native, если чаще всего используете шрифт Bitstream Vera " "(используется по умолчанию в Debian) или любой из шрифтов Microsoft. " "Выбирайте Autohinter, если чаще всего используете шрифты TrueType. Выбирайте " "\"Без подстройки\", если хотите видеть нечёткий текст." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Автоматически" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001 msgid "Always" msgstr "Всегда" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001 msgid "Never" msgstr "Никогда" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002 msgid "Enable subpixel rendering for screen:" msgstr "Включать технологию субпиксельной отрисовки на экране:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002 msgid "" "Rendering text at a subpixel level generally makes it look a bit better on " "flat (LCD) screens, but can show color artifacts on CRT screens. The " "\"Automatic\" choice will enable it only if a LCD screen is detected." msgstr "" "Отрисовка на субпиксельном уровне обычно делает текст более читабельным на " "плоских (ЖК) мониторах, но на ЭЛТ мониторах могут появиться цветовые дефекты " "изображения. При выборе \"Автоматически\" данная технология будет включена " "только при обнаружении ЖК монитора." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001 msgid "Enable bitmapped fonts by default?" msgstr "Включать растровые шрифты по умолчанию?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001 msgid "" "By default, only outline fonts are used by applications which support " "fontconfig." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Outline fonts are fonts which scale well to various sizes. In contrast, " "bitmapped fonts are often lower quality. Enabling this option will affect " "the systemwide default; this and many other fontconfig options may be " "enabled or disabled on a per-user basis." msgstr "" "По умолчанию, для приложений использующих fontconfig, доступны только " "векторные шрифты. Векторные шрифты обладают свойством хорошего " "маcштабирования к различным размерам. Растровые шрифты тоже маcштабируются, " "но при этом часто теряется качество начертания. Установка данного параметра " "по умолчанию влияет на всю систему; этот и многие другие параметры " "fontconfig можно настроить индивидуально под каждого пользователя." #~ msgid "Native, Autohinter, None" #~ msgstr
Please update debconf PO translation for the package openssh 1:4.3p2-11
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openssh. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, May 07, 2007. Thanks, # translation of openssh_1:4.3p2-1_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openssh_1:4.3p2-1_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-23 17:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 14:28+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generate new configuration file?" msgid "Generate a new configuration file for OpenSSH?" msgstr "Сгенерировать новый конфигурационный файл" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file " #| "from the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be " #| "upgrading from. This package can now generate a new configuration file (/" #| "etc/ssh/sshd.config), which will work with the new server version, but " #| "will not contain any customisations you made with the old version." msgid "" "This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file from " "the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be upgrading " "from. This package can now generate a new configuration file (/etc/ssh/sshd." "config), which will work with the new server version, but will not contain " "any customizations you made with the old version." msgstr "" "В этой версии OpenSSH значительно переработан файл настроек, в отличии от " "версии, которая поставлялась с Debian 'Potato', и которую Вы, кажется, " "обновляете. Я могу сгенерировать для Вас новый файл настроек (/etc/ssh/sshd." "config), который будет работать с новой версией сервера, но не будет " "содержать настроек, которые Вы сделали в старой версии." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of " #| "'PermitRootLogin' to yes (meaning that anyone knowing the root password " #| "can ssh directly in as root). It is the opinion of the maintainer that " #| "this is the correct default (see README.Debian for more details), but you " #| "can always edit sshd_config and set it to no if you wish." msgid "" "Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of " "'PermitRootLogin' to 'yes' (meaning that anyone knowing the root password " "can ssh directly in as root). Please read the README.Debian files for more " "details about this design choice." msgstr "" "Обратите внимание на то, что этот новый файл настроек установит значение " "параметра 'PermitRootLogin' в yes (означающего, что любой человек, знающий " "пароль суперпользователя может войти в систему через ssh). По мнению " "сопровождающего этого пакета - это разумно, но Вы всегда можете установить " "значение этого параметра в файле sshd_config так, как Вам кажется правильным." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is strongly recommended that you let this package generate a new " #| "configuration file now." msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you choose to generate a new configuration " "file now." msgstr "" "Настоятельно рекомендуется разрешить сгенерировать для Вас новый файл " "настроек." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to continue (and risk killing active ssh sessions)?" msgid "Do you want to risk killing active SSH sessions?" msgstr "Вы хотите продолжить (рискуя потерять активные ssh-соединения)?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The version of /etc/init.d/ssh that you have installed, is likely to kill " #| "all running sshd instances. If you are doing this upgrade via an ssh " #| "session, that would be a Bad Thing(tm)." msgid "" "
Please update debconf PO translation for the package udev 0.105-5
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for udev. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 15, 2007. Thanks, # translation of udev_0.100-2.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 0.100-2.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-01 09:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-23 22:01+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../udev.templates:2001 msgid "Reboot needed after this upgrade" msgstr "После обновления требуется перезагрузка" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../udev.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A " #| "compatible version is installed or being installed on your system, but " #| "you need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is " #| "complete." msgid "" "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A " "compatible version is installed or being installed on the system, but you " "need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is complete." msgstr "" "Вы обновляете udev на машине с работающей несовместимой версией ядра. " "Совместимая версия уже установлена или будет установлена в систему, но вам " "нужно перезагрузиться с новым ядром сразу после завершения обновления." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../udev.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Without a reboot with this new kernel version, your system may become " #| "UNUSABLE." msgid "" "Without a reboot with this new kernel version, the system may become " "UNUSABLE." msgstr "" "Без перезагрузки с ядром новой версии, система может стать НЕРАБОТОСПОСОБНОЙ." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proceed with the upgrade nevertheless?" msgid "Proceed with the udev upgrade despite the kernel incompatibility?" msgstr "Продолжить обновление несмотря на это?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 msgid "" "You are currently upgrading udev to a version that is not compatible with " "the currently running kernel." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. " #| "You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before " #| "proceeding with the upgrade, otherwise your system may become UNUSABLE. " #| "Packages with a name starting with \"linux-image-2.6-\" provide a kernel " #| "image usable with this new udev version." msgid "" "You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before " "upgrading, otherwise the system may become UNUSABLE. Packages with a name " "starting with \"linux-image-2.6-\" provide a kernel image usable with this " "new udev version." msgstr "" "Вы обновляете udev на машине с работающей несовместимой версией ядра. Вы " "ДОЛЖНЫ установить совместимую версию (2.6.15 или новее) перед тем как " "продолжать обновление, иначе система может стать НЕРАБОТОСПОСОБНОЙ. Имена " "пакетов с ядрами, совместимыми с новой версией udev, начинаются на \"linux-" "image-2.6-\"." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a " #| "compatible kernel and reboot on it as soon as possible. You have been " #| "warned." msgid "" "If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a compatible " "kernel and reboot with that kernel as soon as possible." msgstr "" "Если вы продолжите обновление udev несмотря на это, то вам нужно установить " "совместимое ядро и перезагрузить машину как можно скорее. Считайте это " "предупреждением."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package udev 0.105-5 (2nd version)
(2nd version: I just discovered double spaces in the first version I sent) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for udev. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 15, 2007. Thanks, # translation of udev_0.100-2.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 0.100-2.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-01 10:38+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-23 22:01+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../udev.templates:2001 msgid "Reboot needed after this upgrade" msgstr "После обновления требуется перезагрузка" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../udev.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A " #| "compatible version is installed or being installed on your system, but " #| "you need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is " #| "complete." msgid "" "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A " "compatible version is installed or being installed on the system, but you " "need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is complete." msgstr "" "Вы обновляете udev на машине с работающей несовместимой версией ядра. " "Совместимая версия уже установлена или будет установлена в систему, но вам " "нужно перезагрузиться с новым ядром сразу после завершения обновления." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../udev.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Without a reboot with this new kernel version, your system may become " #| "UNUSABLE." msgid "" "Without a reboot with this new kernel version, the system may become " "UNUSABLE." msgstr "" "Без перезагрузки с ядром новой версии, система может стать НЕРАБОТОСПОСОБНОЙ." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proceed with the upgrade nevertheless?" msgid "Proceed with the udev upgrade despite the kernel incompatibility?" msgstr "Продолжить обновление несмотря на это?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 msgid "" "You are currently upgrading udev to a version that is not compatible with " "the currently running kernel." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. " #| "You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before " #| "proceeding with the upgrade, otherwise your system may become UNUSABLE. " #| "Packages with a name starting with \"linux-image-2.6-\" provide a kernel " #| "image usable with this new udev version." msgid "" "You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before " "upgrading, otherwise the system may become UNUSABLE. Packages with a name " "starting with \"linux-image-2.6-\" provide a kernel image usable with this " "new udev version." msgstr "" "Вы обновляете udev на машине с работающей несовместимой версией ядра. Вы " "ДОЛЖНЫ установить совместимую версию (2.6.15 или новее) перед тем как " "продолжать обновление, иначе система может стать НЕРАБОТОСПОСОБНОЙ. Имена " "пакетов с ядрами, совместимыми с новой версией udev, начинаются на \"linux-" "image-2.6-\"." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../udev.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a " #| "compatible kernel and reboot on it as soon as possible. You have been " #| "warned." msgid "" "If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a compatible " "kernel and reboot with that kernel as soon as possible." msgstr "" "Если вы продолжите обновление udev несмотря на это, то вам нужно установить " "совместимое ядро и перезагрузить машину как можно скорее. Считайте это " "предупреждением."
Please (again) update debconf PO translation for the package mnogosearch 3.2.41-0.3
(sorry, second call for updates. A change occurred in the package's templates. Please note that the update delay is thus extended) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for mnogosearch. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, May 17, 2007. Thanks, # translation of mnogosearch_3.2.37-3.1_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mnogosearch_3.2.37-3.1_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-03 18:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-19 14:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid "Mnogosearch setup program" msgstr "Вас приветствует программа установки mnogosearch" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "Please note that questions about the mnogosearch settings will only be asked " "once for each option." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "The configuration script needs the ability to remotely connect to the " "database server, create databases, add users and create tables. The /usr/" "share/doc/mnogosearch/INSTALL.gz documentation file provides information " "about the setup of these databases for users who don't want to run this " "configuration process automatically." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Overwrite mnogosearch configuration files?" msgstr "Перезаписать файлы конфигурации mnogosearch?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "Existing mnogosearch configuration files will not be overwritten unless " "explicitly accepted." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy msgid "single" msgstr "single, multi" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid "multi" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:5001 msgid "blob" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy msgid "Layout mode for the index database:" msgstr "Порт для подключения к базе данных?" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:5002 msgid "" "You can choose among different indexing modes for the mnogosearch database:\n" " - single: words are stored in a single table;\n" " - multi: words are spread over 13 tables sorted on word length. This\n" " results in faster fixed width tables.\n" " - blob: fastest mode but not supported by SQLite." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For more information about these modes, read /usr/share/doc/mnogosearch/" #| "storage.txt" msgid "" "For more information about these modes, read /usr/share/doc/mnogosearch/" "storage.txt." msgstr "" "Для подробной информации об этих режимах прочитайте /usr/share/doc/" "mnogosearch/storage.txt" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid "Database server type for mnogosearch:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid "" "Please choose the type of the database server that will store the indexer " "data for mnogosearch." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "Database server administrative user:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "" "Please enter the name of the database server administrative account. This " "account must have privileges to add users, databases and tables." msgstr "" #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:8001 msgid "Database server administrative user password:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 msgid "Database server host name:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:9001 msgid "" "Please provide the hostname of the server that will host mnogosearch " "databases." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:10001 #, fuzzy msgid "Port number for the database service:" msgstr "Имя суперпользователя базы данных?" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:10001 msgid "Please specify the database server connection port." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:11001 #, fuzzy msgid "Database name for mnogosearch:" msgstr "имя вашей базы данных для mnogosearch ?" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:11001 msgid "Please provide a name for the database to be used by mnogosearch." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../tem
Re: Bug#420862: openssh: [INTL:ru] Updated Russian debconf templates translation
Quoting Christian Perrier ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > Quoting Yuriy Talakan' ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > > Package: openssh > > Severity: wishlist > > Tags: patch l10n > > > > > > > > Plase use attached file > > > > The file had an error on line 132. You can't use a "#|" comment before > other comments. I suggest you validate PO files with: > > msgfmt -o /dev/null -c > > before sending them > > Please also check the attached file. I made a small correction > yeterday after a translator's remark and we changes "README.Debian > files" to "README.Debian file". > > Apparently you did use the plural there you we need you to slightly > update that translation. So far, there has been no answer to this requestthe end of the call for translation updates is coming. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix 2.4.0-5
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for postfix. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, May 23, 2007. Thanks, # translation of postfix_2.3.7-3_ru.po to Russian # translation of postfix_2.2.3-2_ru.po to Russian # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: postfix_2.3.7-3_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-09 07:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 09:05+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add mydomain entry in main.cf for upgrade?" msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?" msgstr "Добавить значение mydomain в main.cf для обновления?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. " #| "Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a " #| "fully-qualified domain name (FQDN)." msgid "" "Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, " "mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a fully qualified " "domain name (FQDN)." msgstr "" "Postfix версии 2.3.3-2 и позже требует изменений в main.cf. А именно, надо " "задать mydomain, поскольку hostname(2) это не полное доменное имя (FQDN)." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option " #| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this " #| "configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain " #| "based on the FQDN of the machine." msgid "" "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to " "abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration " "yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN " "of the machine." msgstr "" "Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе. " "Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для " "добавления этой настройки самостоятельно. Согласитесь, и в этом случае " "mydomain автоматически установится в соответствии с FQDN машины." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you " "proceeed with the installation, Postfix will not run." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?" msgstr "Исправить запись tlsmgr в master.cf для обновления?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr." msgstr "Postfix версии 2.2 изменил вызов tlsmgr." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option " #| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this " #| "configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master." #| "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect." msgid "" "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to " "abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration " "yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with " "Postfix 2.2 in this respect." msgstr "" "Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе. " "Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для " "добавления этой настройки самостоятельно. Согласитесь, и в этом случае " "master.cf автоматически станет совместимым с Postfix 2.2." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid "Ignore bad hostname entry?" msgstr "Игнорировать плохое значение имени машины?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear to be a valid IP address." msgid "" "The string \"${enteredstring}\" does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear " "to be a valid IP address." msgstr "не совместимую с RFC 1035 и не соответствующую правильному IP адресу." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../template
Please update some translations for the Debian "sarge" installer
Yes, Debian sarge, really..:-) Some support will soon be added in the Debian "sarge" installer so that sarge can still be installed with it even though sarge is now "oldstable" and no longer "stable". That means introducing/changing a few strings and add "oldstable" to the list of distributions as well as a brief explanation of what "oldstable" is. The attached PO file contains such strings and will be merged in the relevant packages. Please send the completed file *privately to me* (there is no package to send a bug report to) before Tuesday May 15th 23:59UTC. Many thanks in advance # translation of ru.po to Russian # Russian messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # Russian L10N Team , 2004. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004, 2005. # Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-06 18:59+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-25 21:11+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:8 #, fuzzy msgid "oldstable, stable, testing, unstable" msgstr "стабильная (stable), тестируемая (testing), нестабильная (unstable)" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:9 msgid "Oldstable is the previous stable distribution." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../../apt-setup.templates:7 #, fuzzy msgid "stable, unstable, testing, oldstable" msgstr "стабильная (stable), тестируемая (testing), нестабильная (unstable)"
Please update debconf PO translation for the package lsb 3.1-23.2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for lsb. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, May 27, 2007. Thanks, # translation of lsb_3.1-10_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: lsb_3.1-10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-13 09:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-30 10:49+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Should shadow passwords be enabled?" msgid "Enable shadow passwords?" msgstr "Включить поддержку теневых паролей?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Linux Standard Base requires that certain features of adduser(8) be " #| "available to conforming applications (such as password aging). Debian " #| "only provides these features when shadow passwords are enabled; however, " #| "your system currently has shadow passwords disabled." msgid "" "The Linux Standard Base requires that certain features of adduser(8) be " "available to conforming applications (such as password aging). These " "features are only provided when shadow passwords are enabled, while this " "system has them disabled." msgstr "" "По стандарту Linux Standard Base требуется, чтобы определённые возможности " "adduser(8) были доступны для соответствующих стандарту приложений (например, " "устаревание паролей). Debian предоставляет эти возможности только, если " "включён механизм теневых паролей; однако на данный момент в вашей системе " "теневые пароли выключены." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Most LSB applications will work fine with either setting, but 100% " #| "conformance requires shadow passwords to be enabled." msgid "" "Most LSB applications will work fine with either setting, but complete " "conformance requires shadow passwords to be enabled." msgstr "" "Большинство LSB приложений будут правильно работать при любой настройке, но " "для 100% соответствия требуется включить теневые пароли." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Generally speaking, it is considered good practice to enable shadow " #| "passwords. However, there are some situations in which shadow passwords " #| "may not work properly (most notably, if non-root users need to " #| "authenticate passwords against /etc/passwd)." msgid "" "Generally speaking, it is considered good practice to enable shadow " "passwords. However, there are some situations in which shadow passwords may " "not work properly (most notably, if non-root users need to check passwords " "against /etc/passwd)." msgstr "" "Вообще, считается хорошей практикой использовать механизм теневых паролей. " "Однако, возможны ситуации, при которых теневые пароли могут работать " "неправильно (самая заметная, когда обычным пользователям требуется " "аутентификация паролей через /etc/passwd)." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you answer in the affirmative, the command 'shadowconfig on' will be " #~ "run to enable shadow passwords." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Если вы ответите утвердительно, будет запущена команда 'shadowconfig on' " #~ "для включения теневых паролей."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix 2.4.0-5
(2nd call for updates after some translators suggested changes to the original templates. Sorry for the trouble). Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for postfix. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, May 28, 2007. Thanks, # translation of postfix_2.3.7-3_ru.po to Russian # translation of postfix_2.2.3-2_ru.po to Russian # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: postfix_2.3.7-3_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-14 19:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 09:05+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add mydomain entry in main.cf for upgrade?" msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?" msgstr "Добавить значение mydomain в main.cf для обновления?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. " #| "Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a " #| "fully-qualified domain name (FQDN)." msgid "" "Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, " "mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified " "domain name (FQDN)." msgstr "" "Postfix версии 2.3.3-2 и позже требует изменений в main.cf. А именно, надо " "задать mydomain, поскольку hostname(2) это не полное доменное имя (FQDN)." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option " #| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this " #| "configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain " #| "based on the FQDN of the machine." msgid "" "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to " "abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration " "yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN " "of the machine." msgstr "" "Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе. " "Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для " "добавления этой настройки самостоятельно. Согласитесь, и в этом случае " "mydomain автоматически установится в соответствии с FQDN машины." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you " "proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?" msgstr "Исправить запись tlsmgr в master.cf для обновления?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr." msgstr "Postfix версии 2.2 изменил вызов tlsmgr." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option " #| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this " #| "configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master." #| "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect." msgid "" "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to " "abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration " "yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with " "Postfix 2.2 in this respect." msgstr "" "Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе. " "Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для " "добавления этой настройки самостоятельно. Согласитесь, и в этом случае " "master.cf автоматически станет совместимым с Postfix 2.2." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignore bad hostname entry?" msgid "Ignore incorrect hostname entry?" msgstr "Игнорировать плохое значение имени машины?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear to be a valid IP address." msgid "" "The string '${enteredstring}' does not follow RFC 1035 and does not ap
Re: Bug#424438: debconf PO Russian translations for mnogosearch
Quoting Sergey Alyoshin ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > On 5/16/07, Christian Perrier <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> wrote: > >The file was funnily corrupted, with extra cruft at the beginning and > >the end of the PO file. > > > >Removing these lines made gettext happy. See attached file. > > > >To maintainer: please use "my" file and not the original one. > > This is not a corruption. I missed ".tar" suffix before ".bz2", sorry. Hmmm, OK. While we're at it, sending a single PO file in a tarball doesn't make much sense. Compressing the file doesn't also make much sense now. In the past, this was convenient to circumvent encoding problems with broken MUA, but these days are over now. I really suggest sending PO files with the exact name they should be used under, so in your case "ru.po". signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Please update debconf PO translation for the package tcp-wrappers 7.6.dbs-14
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for tcp-wrappers. The recently reviewed templates were corrected by the maintainer and therefore need to be updated before he can upload the package. For those of you who recently sent updates, please send your updates to the already existing bug report (ie send to [EMAIL PROTECTED]): - Japanese. Closes: #419712, #419711 - Korean. Closes: #419739 - Norwegian Bokm??l. Closes: #419743 - Russian. Closes: #419824 - Swedish. Closes: #419834 - Galician. Closes: #419858, #412493 - Brazilian Portuguese. Closes: #419955 - German. Closes: #420215, #419779 - Hungarian. Closes: #420423 - Czech. Closes: #421483 - Portuguese. Closes: #422036 - Tamil. Closes: #419645 If your language does not appear above and you want to send an update, please send it as a new bug report against tcp-wrappers. ru.po Description: application/gettext signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package alsa-driver 1.0.14~rc3-2
Serge Winitzki a écrit : > hi, > > I am sending you the updated ru.po file as an > attachment. Unfortunately I have no idea how to submit > a "wishlist bug" because I am not a regular developer > (I am just an occasional translator). It would take a > lot of time for me to learn the bug tracking system > you are using. I hope this is okay. Well, did you coordinate this with the russian translation team? -- To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED] with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package alsa-driver 1.0.14~rc3-2
Quoting Serge Winitzki ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > hi, > > I am sending you the updated ru.po file as an > attachment. Unfortunately I have no idea how to submit > a "wishlist bug" because I am not a regular developer > (I am just an occasional translator). It would take a > lot of time for me to learn the bug tracking system > you are using. I hope this is okay. Please also note that the file you sent me has 3 fuzzy and 1 untranslated string ru.po Description: application/gettext signature.asc Description: Digital signature
Please update debconf PO translation for the package dhcp3 3.0.4-15
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for dhcp3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, June 10, 2007. Thanks, # translation of dhcp3_3.0.4-10_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp3_3.0.4-10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-27 13:32+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-15 22:04+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay should forward requests to:" msgid "Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:" msgstr "Серверы DHCP, на которые будет пересылать запросы DHCP-релей:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The name or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which DHCP and " #| "BOOTP requests should be relayed must be specified on the command line." msgid "" "Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which " "DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed." msgstr "" "В командной строке должно быть указано имя или IP-адрес минимум одного DHCP-" "сервера, на который будут пересылаться DHCP и BOOTP-запросы." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can specify more than one server, just separate the server names (or " #| "IP addresses) with spaces." msgid "" "You can specify more than one server; server names or IP addresses should " "then be space-separated." msgstr "" "Вы можете указать более одного сервера, просто отделив имена серверов (или " "IP-адреса) пробелами друг от друга." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:" msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, на которых будет работать DHCP-релей:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "" "Please enter the names of the network interfaces that dhcp3-relay should " "attempt to configure, as a space-separated list." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "" "Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of " "network interfaces by dhcp3-relay, in which case only broadcast interfaces " "will be used (if possible)." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional options for the Daemon:" msgid "Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры для демона:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is possible to specify additional options for the DHCP relay daemon." msgid "Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon." msgstr "Можно указать дополнительные параметры демона DHCP-релея." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\"" msgid "For example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\"." msgstr "пример: \"-m replace\" или \"-a -D\"" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Manual configuration required after installation!" msgid "Manual configuration required after installation" msgstr "После установки требуется настройка вручную!" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "After the DHCP server is installed you will need to manually configure it " #| "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please note that a sample " #| "dhcpd.conf is supplied, but the configuration there is just a sample that " #| "requires editing and customization to your own network environment." msgid "" "After the DHCP server is installed, you will need to manually configure it " "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please
(2nd call) Please update debconf PO translation for the package dhcp3 3.0.4-15
(2nd call: late corrections made after remarks received from other translators. Already sent translations have been included) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for dhcp3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, June 12, 2007. Thanks, # translation of dhcp3_3.0.4-10_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp3_3.0.4-10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-29 07:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-15 22:04+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay should forward requests to:" msgid "Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:" msgstr "Серверы DHCP, на которые будет пересылать запросы DHCP-релей:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The name or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which DHCP and " #| "BOOTP requests should be relayed must be specified on the command line." msgid "" "Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which " "DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed." msgstr "" "В командной строке должно быть указано имя или IP-адрес минимум одного DHCP-" "сервера, на который будут пересылаться DHCP и BOOTP-запросы." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can specify more than one server, just separate the server names (or " #| "IP addresses) with spaces." msgid "" "You can specify multiple server names or IP addresses (in a space-separated " "list)." msgstr "" "Вы можете указать более одного сервера, просто отделив имена серверов (или " "IP-адреса) пробелами друг от друга." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:" msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, на которых будет работать DHCP-релей:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "" "Please specify which network interface(s) the DHCP relay should attempt to " "configure. Multiple interface names should be entered as a space-separated " "list." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "" "Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of " "network interfaces by the DHCP relay, in which case only broadcast " "interfaces will be used (if possible)." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional options for the Daemon:" msgid "Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры для демона:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is possible to specify additional options for the DHCP relay daemon." msgid "Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon." msgstr "Можно указать дополнительные параметры демона DHCP-релея." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\"" msgid "For example: '-m replace' or '-a -D'." msgstr "пример: \"-m replace\" или \"-a -D\"" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Manual configuration required after installation!" msgid "Manual configuration required after installation" msgstr "После установки требуется настройка вручную!" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "After the DHCP server is installed you will need to manually configure it " #| "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please note that a sample " #| "dhcpd.conf is supplied, but the configuration there is just a sample that " #| "requires editing and customization to your own network env
(3rd call!) Please update debconf PO translation for the package dhcp3 3.0.4-15
(there are packages, sometimes, who apparently get a malediction. So, folks, a mistake slipped in the second attempt to call for translation updates for dhcp3 and it is my sad duty to inform you that we have to do one more round) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for dhcp3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file against already reported bug if you already sent an update. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 13, 2007. Thanks, # translation of dhcp3_3.0.4-10_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp3_3.0.4-10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-30 21:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-15 22:04+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay should forward requests to:" msgid "Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:" msgstr "Серверы DHCP, на которые будет пересылать запросы DHCP-релей:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The name or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which DHCP and " #| "BOOTP requests should be relayed must be specified on the command line." msgid "" "Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which " "DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed." msgstr "" "В командной строке должно быть указано имя или IP-адрес минимум одного DHCP-" "сервера, на который будут пересылаться DHCP и BOOTP-запросы." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can specify more than one server, just separate the server names (or " #| "IP addresses) with spaces." msgid "" "You can specify multiple server names or IP addresses (in a space-separated " "list)." msgstr "" "Вы можете указать более одного сервера, просто отделив имена серверов (или " "IP-адреса) пробелами друг от друга." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:" msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, на которых будет работать DHCP-релей:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "" "Please specify which network interface(s) the DHCP relay should attempt to " "configure. Multiple interface names should be entered as a space-separated " "list." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001 msgid "" "Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of " "network interfaces by the DHCP relay, in which case only broadcast " "interfaces will be used (if possible)." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional options for the Daemon:" msgid "Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры для демона:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is possible to specify additional options for the DHCP relay daemon." msgid "Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon." msgstr "Можно указать дополнительные параметры демона DHCP-релея." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\"" msgid "For example: '-m replace' or '-a -D'." msgstr "пример: \"-m replace\" или \"-a -D\"" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Manual configuration required after installation!" msgid "Manual configuration required after installation" msgstr "После установки требуется настройка вручную!" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "After the DHCP server is installed you will need to manually configure it " #| "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please note that a sample " #| "dhcpd.conf
Please update debconf PO translation for the package net-snmp 5.4~dfsg-2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for net-snmp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, June 14, 2007. Thanks, # translation of net-snmp_5.2.2-4_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: net-snmp_5.2.2-4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-31 07:40+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 09:05+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../snmpd.templates:3001 msgid "Default parameters changed since version 5.2.1" msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../snmpd.templates:3001 msgid "" "The default start parameters of the snmpd agent/daemon have been changed." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../snmpd.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Debian has changed the default start parameters of the snmpd agent/" #| "daemon. The daemon is now started as user snmp, binds to localhost only " #| "and SMUX support is disabled. These parameters can all be individually " #| "changed in /etc/default/snmpd. Please see /usr/share/doc/snmpd/NEWS." #| "Debian.gz for more details." msgid "" "The daemon is now started as user snmp, binds to localhost only and runs " "with SNMP multiplexing (SMUX) support disabled. These parameters can all be " "individually changed in /etc/default/snmpd." msgstr "" "В Debian изменились параметры запуска по умолчанию snmpd агента/демона. " "Теперь демон запускается с правами пользователя snmp, ожидает запросы только " "от localhost, и поддержка SMUX выключена. Каждую из этих настроек можно " "изменить в файле /etc/default/snmpd. Подробней смотрите в файле /usr/share/" "doc/snmpd/NEWS.Debian.gz." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../snmpd.templates:3001 msgid "Please see /usr/share/doc/snmpd/NEWS.Debian.gz for more details." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Upgrade warning from version 3.6 and below" #~ msgstr "Внимание пользователей версии 3.6 и ниже" #~ msgid "" #~ "Debian now uses the NET SNMP agent/daemon. Since the new agent uses an " #~ "entirely new configuration file format, any configuration you may have " #~ "previously had can not be automatically updated and must be replaced. " #~ "Consequently, a security-conscious configuration will be installed by " #~ "default. Please read the snmpd.conf(5) manual page and then edit /etc/" #~ "snmp/snmpd.conf accordingly to change the configuration to suit your " #~ "needs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Теперь в Debian используется NET SNMP агент/демон. Так как новый агент " #~ "имеет полностью другой формат файла конфигурации, любая имеющаяся " #~ "конфигурация не может быть автоматически обновлена и должна быть заменена " #~ "полностью. Поэтому, по умолчанию будет установлен безопасный вариант " #~ "новой конфигурации. Прочтите страницу руководства snmpd.conf(5) и " #~ "отредактируйте файл /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf в соответствии с вашими " #~ "потребностями." #~ msgid "Upgrade warning from version 5.2.1 and below" #~ msgstr "Внимание пользователей версии 5.2.1 и ниже"
Please update debconf PO translation for the package squid 2.6.12-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for squid. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 20, 2007. Thanks, # translation of squid_2.5.9-9_ru.po to Russian # # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid_2.5.9-9_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-06 05:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-21 17:50+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Upgrade squid.conf automatically?" msgstr "Обновить squid.conf автоматически?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Incompatible settings have been found in the existing squid.conf file." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "They will prevent Squid from starting or working correctly." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "These settings can be corrected now. Please choose whether you want to apply " "the needed changes." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Fix permissions of cache_dir?" msgstr "Исправить права доступа на cache_dir?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Values for cache_effective_user and/or cache_effective_group in config " #| "file are incompatible with owner/group of cache directories. Do you want " #| "to automatically fix permissions on cache directory?" msgid "" "The values for 'cache_effective_user' and/or 'cache_effective_group' in " "Squid's configuration file are incompatible with the owner/group of the " "cache directories." msgstr "" "Значения cache_effective_user и/или cache_effective_group из файла настроек " "не соответствуют владельцу/группе кэш-директории. Желаете автоматически " "исправить права доступа на кэш-директорию?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Please choose whether this should be fixed automatically." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: If you specified a cache directory different from /var/spool/" #| "squid and selected some other directory used by other programs (e.g. /" #| "tmp), this could affect those programs." msgid "" "However, please note that if you specified a cache directory different from /" "var/spool/squid (such as /tmp), his could affect any other programs using " "that directory." msgstr "" "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: Если вы указали кэш-директорию, отличающуюся от /var/spool/" "squid, и выбрали другую директорию, которую используют прочие программы " "(например. /tmp), ваши действия могут повлиять на работоспособность этих " "программ." #~ msgid "" #~ "The http_anonymizer directive has been replaced with header_replace and " #~ "header_access." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Директива http_anonymizer была заменена на header_replace и header_access." #~ msgid "" #~ "The http_anonymizer directive that was present in squid 2.1 and 2.2 " #~ "doesn't exist anymore in squid 2.3 and up. It has been replaced with " #~ "header_replace and header_access that provide more fine-grained control " #~ "over HTTP headers. Right now, your squid doesn't anonymize the HTTP " #~ "headers anymore so you probably want to fix this. The new format is " #~ "explained in the new 2.5 config file, of which you probably have a copy " #~ "in /usr/share/doc/squid/examples/squid.conf." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Директива http_anonymizer, которая присутствовала в squid 2.1 и 2.2, не " #~ "существует более в squid 2.3 и выше. Она была заменена директивами " #~ "header_replace и header_access, которые обеспечивают более тонкий " #~ "контроль над заголовками HTTP. Сейчас ваш squid не анонимизирует " #~ "заголовки HTTP, так что вам скорее всего надо исправить это. Новый формат " #~ "описан в новом файле настроек версии 2.5, копию которого вы можете найти " #~ "в /usr/share/doc/squid/examples/squid.conf." #~ msgid "" #~ "The anonymize_headers and fake_user_agent directives have been replaced " #~ "with header_access and header_replace." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Директивы anonymize_headers и fake_user_agent были заменены на " #~ "header_access и header_replace." #~ msgid "" #~ "The anonymize_headers and fake_user_agent directives that were present in " #~ "squid 2.3 and 2.4 don't exist anymore in squid 2.5 and up. They have been " #~ "replaced with header_replace and header_access that provide more fine-" #~ "grained control over HTTP headers. Right now, your squid doesn't " #~ "anonymize the HTTP hea
Please update debconf PO translation for the package exim4 4.67-1exp1
WARNING: This call is an exception. As the changes were made in the experimental branch of the package and in order to avoid misunderstandings, please send translation updates TO ME directly *for this package* and *for this call for translations only*. Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for exim4. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 20, 2007. Thanks, # translation of exim4_debconf_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: exim4-debconf_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-06 07:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-15 14:40+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 msgid "Remove undelivered mails in spool directory?" msgstr "Удалить недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There are mails in the Exim spool directory /var/spool/exim4/input which " "have not yet been delivered. Removing Exim will cause them to remain " "undelivered until Exim is re-installed." msgstr "" "В каталоге почтовой очереди exim /var/spool/exim4/input есть почта, которая " "пока не была доставлена. Если Exim будет удалён, то она так и не будет " "доставлена, пока Exim не будет установлен снова." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If this option is not chosen, the spool directory is kept, allowing the " "messages in the queue to be delivered at a later date after Exim is re-" "installed." msgstr "" "Если ответить отрицательно, то каталог почтовой очереди будет сохранён, и " "сообщения в очереди будут доставлены позже после переустановки Exim." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid "Move undelivered mails from exim 3 to exim4 spool?" msgstr "" "Перенести недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди exim(v3) в почтовую " "очередь exim4?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There are some undelivered mails in exim 3 (or exim-tls 3) spool directory /" "var/spool/exim/input/." msgstr "" "Есть недоставленная почта в почтовой очереди exim(v3) или (exim-tls(v3)) в " "каталоге /var/spool/exim/input/." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "Choosing this option will move these messages to exim4's spool (/var/spool/" "exim4/input/) where they will be handled by exim4." msgstr "" "Если ответить положительно, то имеющиеся сообщения будут перенесены в " "почтовую очередь exim4 (/var/spool/exim4/input/), где они будут обработаны " "exim4." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This works only one-way: Exim4 can handle exim 3 spool but not vice-versa. " "If you reject this option, you need to move the messages yourself or they " "will never be delivered." msgstr "" "Это работает только в одну сторону: Exim4 может обрабатывать почтовую " "очередь exim(v3), но не наоборот. Переносите сообщения только, если не " "планируете возвращаться на exim(v3). Иначе, сообщения лучше перенести " "вручную позже." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:3001 msgid "Reconfigure exim4-config instead of this package" msgstr "Перенастройка с помощью exim4-config." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../exim4-base.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Exim4 has its configuration factored out into a dedicated package, exim4-" "config. To reconfigure Exim4, use 'dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config'." msgstr "" "Настройка Exim4 вынесена в отдельный пакет, exim4-config. Если нужно " "перенастроить Exim4, используйте команду dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config." #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single #. Choices menu. - Every one of these
Please update debconf PO translation for the package mediawiki1.10 1.9.3-4
(2nd call after merging in mediawiki1.9 translations...but taking care to keep mediawiki1.10 translations received in the meantime) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for mediawiki1.10. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 27, 2007. Thanks, # translation of mediawiki1.9-debconf-ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 1.9.3-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-12 18:25+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-30 08:57+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Web server(s) to configure automatically:" msgstr "Веб-сервер(ы) для автоматической настройки:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "Please select the web server(s) that should be configured automatically for " "MediaWiki." msgstr "Выберите веб-сервер(ы) для автоматической настройки под MediaWiki." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform automatic upgrade from MediaWiki 1.7?" msgid "Perform upgrade from:" msgstr "Выполнить обновление автоматически с MediaWiki 1.7?" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "An older version of MediaWiki is installed." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The new package version uses /var/lib/mediawiki1.9 for the wiki " #| "database. The old database files need to be moved before performing the " #| "upgrade." msgid "" "This installation can be upgraded automatically. The new package version " "uses /var/lib/mediawiki1.10 for the wiki files. The old database also needs " "to be updated." msgstr "" "В новой версии пакета для базы данных вики используется каталог var/lib/" "mediawiki1.9. Перед выполнением обновления нужно переместить туда файлы " "старой базы данных." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This operation can be done automatically: the database will be backed up, " #| "upgraded, and a new configuration file will be prepared for the new " #| "version. The operation can be performed now. Alternatively, you can " #| "perform it later by launching, as root, /usr/share/mediawiki1.9/debian-" #| "scripts/upgrade-mediawiki1.7." msgid "" "If you choose to upgrade MediaWiki automatically, the database will be " "backed up, upgraded, and a new configuration file will be prepared. " "Alternatively, you can perform it later with the '/usr/share/mediawiki1.10/" "debian-scripts/upgrade-mediawiki' command." msgstr "" "Эта операция может быть выполнена автоматически: для базы данных будет " "сделана резервная копия, проведено обновление, будет создан конфигурационный " "файл для новой версии. Эта операция может быть выполнена прямо сейчас. " "Иначе, вы можете выполнить это позднее запустив с правами суперпользователя " "программу /usr/share/mediawiki1.9/debian-scripts/upgrade-mediawiki1.7." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Database administrative user for MediaWiki 1.7:" msgid "MediaWiki database administrative user:" msgstr "Административный пользователь базы данных MediaWiki 1.7:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please provide a MySQL account that has administrative access to the " #| "MediaWiki 1.7 database." msgid "" "Please provide a MySQL account that has administrative access to the old " "MediaWiki database." msgstr "" "Введите учётную запись MySQL с административным доступом к базе данных " "MediaWiki 1.7." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "When in doubt, the MySQL root account can be used." msgstr "" "Если не знаете, можно использовать учётную запись суперпользователя MySQL " "(root)." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "An AdminSettings.php file will be generated unless the root account is " "specified." msgstr "" "Если указана не учётная запись root, то будет создан файл AdminSettings.php." #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Database administrative password for MediaWiki 1.7:" msgid "MediaWiki database administrative password:" msgstr "Административный пароль к базе данных MediaW
Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-applets 2.18.0-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for gnome-applets. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, June 30, 2007. Thanks, # translation of gnome-applets_2.14.2-1_debconf_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-applets_2.14.2-1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-16 09:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 21:27+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Install cpufreq-selector with SUID root?" msgid "Should cpufreq-selector run with root privileges?" msgstr "Установить cpufreq-selector как SUID root программу?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001 msgid "" "The 'cpufreq-selector' program, part of the CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor " "can be set up to use superuser privileges when it is run ('SUID root')." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001 msgid "" "If you choose this option, any ordinary user will have the power to set the " "processor's clock frequency. However, this may also be potentially " "exploitable in security attacks." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The applet will continue to work if you choose to disable SUID for " #| "cpufreq-selector, but only for monitoring the CPU clock frequency. You " #| "may need to restart this applet before this decision takes effect." msgid "" "The applet will continue to work if you choose to disable SUID for cpufreq-" "selector, but only for monitoring the CPU clock frequency. The applet may " "need to be restarted for a change to take effect." msgstr "" "Апплет будет работать и с выключенным SUID битом для cpufreq-selector, но " "только в качестве монитора частоты процессора. Вам может потребоваться " "перезагрузить апплет, чтобы изменения начали действовать." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you change your mind later, run \"dpkg-reconfigure gnome-applets\"" msgid "" "If in doubt, accept the default of no SUID root. To change this setting " "later, run 'dpkg-reconfigure gnome-applets'." msgstr "" "Если вы передумаете, то позже можете запустить \"dpkg-reconfigure gnome-" "applets\"." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have the option of installing a component of the CPU Frequency " #~ "Scaling Monitor (cpufreq-selector) with the SUID bit set." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Установка на Монитор изменения частоты процессора (cpufreq-selector) SUID " #~ "бита." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you make cpufreq-selector SUID, any user can then set the CPU's clock " #~ "frequency without needing any additional privileges. This could, however, " #~ "potentially allow it to be used during a security attack on your " #~ "computer. If in doubt, it is suggested that you install it without SUID." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Если вы установите SUID бит на cpufreq-selector, то любой пользователь " #~ "сможет настраивать частоту процессора без получения дополнительных " #~ "привилегий. Однако, теоретически, это может быть использовано для " #~ "нарушения безопасности вашего компьютера. Если сомневаетесь, то не " #~ "устанавливайте SUID бит."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package krb5 1.6.dfsg.1-5
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for krb5. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, July 02, 2007. Thanks, # translation of krb5_1.4.3-8_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: krb5_1.4.3-8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-18 15:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 09:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001 msgid "Setting up a Kerberos Realm" msgstr "Настройка области Kerberos" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001 msgid "" "This package contains the administrative tools required to run the Kerberos " "master server." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001 msgid "" "However, installing this package does not automatically set up a Kerberos " "realm. This can be done later by running the \"krb5_newrealm\" command." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001 msgid "" "Please also read the /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc/README.KDC file and the " "administration guide found in the krb5-doc package." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Run the Kerberos5 administration daemon (kadmind)?" msgid "Run the Kerberos V5 administration daemon (kadmind)?" msgstr "Запускать демон администрирования Kerberos5 (kadmind)?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:3001 msgid "" "Kadmind serves requests to add/modify/remove principals in the Kerberos " "database." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:3001 msgid "" "It is required by the kpasswd program, used to change passwords. With " "standard setups, this daemon should run on the master KDC." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Kerberos KDC Configuration with debconf?" msgid "Create the Kerberos KDC configuration automatically?" msgstr "Создавать конфигурацию Kerberos KDC с помощью debconf?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001 msgid "" "The Kerberos Domain Controller (KDC) configuration files, in /etc/krb5kdc, " "may be created automatically." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001 msgid "" "By default, an example template will be copied into this directory with " "local parameters filled in." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001 msgid "" "Administrators who already have infrastructure to manage their Kerberos " "configuration may wish to disable these automatic configuration changes." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001 msgid "disable" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001 msgid "full" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001 msgid "nopreauth" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kerberos4 compatibility mode to use:" msgid "Kerberos V4 compatibility mode to use:" msgstr "Используемый режим совместимости с Kerberos4:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default, Kerberos4 requests are allowed from principals that do not " #| "require preauthentication. This allows Kerberos4 services to exist while " #| "requiring most users to use Kerberos5 clients to get their initial " #| "tickets. These tickets can then be converted to Kerberos4 tickets. " #| "Alternatively, the mode can be set to full, allowing Kerberos4 to get " #| "initial tickets even when preauthentication would normally be required, " #| "or to disable, which will disable all Kerberos4 support." msgid "" "By default, Kerberos V4 requests are allowed from principals that do not " "require preauthentication (\"nopreauth\"). This allows Kerberos V4 services " "to exist while requiring most users to use Kerberos V5 clients to get their " "initial tickets. These tickets can then be converted to Kerberos V4 tickets." msgstr "" "По умолчанию, запросы Kerberos4 разрешены от пользователей, которые не " "требуют предварительной аутентификации. Это позволяет существовать сервисам " "Ker
Please update debconf PO translation for the package ucf 3.002
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ucf. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, July 03, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ucf_2.0021_debconf-ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ucf_2.007\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-18 23:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-26 21:38+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: title #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "Modified configuration file" msgstr "Изменён файл конфигурации" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 msgid "install the package maintainer's version" msgstr "установить версию из пакета" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "keep your currently-installed version" msgid "keep the local version currently installed" msgstr "сохранить имеющуюся версию" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 msgid "show the differences between the versions" msgstr "показать различия между версиями" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 msgid "show a side-by-side difference between the versions" msgstr "показать различия между версиями в одну строку" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #: ../templates.master:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "show a 3 way difference between available versions of the file" msgid "show a 3-way difference between available versions" msgstr "показать различия сразу между 3-мя версиями файла" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #: ../templates.master:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "do a 3 way merge between available versions of the file [Very " #| "Experimental]" msgid "do a 3-way merge between available versions (experimental)" msgstr "выполнить слияние 3-х имеющихся версий файла [ЭКСПЕРИМЕНТАЛЬНЫЙ РЕЖИМ]" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 msgid "start a new shell to examine the situation" msgstr "запустить новую оболочку командной строки для прояснения ситуации" #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.master:3002 ../templates.master:4002 msgid "What would you like to do about ${BASENAME}?" msgstr "Что нужно сделать с ${BASENAME}?" #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.master:3002 ../templates.master:4002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A new version of configuration file ${FILE} is available, but your " #| "version has been locally modified." msgid "" "A new version of configuration file ${FILE} is available, but the version " "installed currently has been locally modified." msgstr "" "Для конфигурационного файла ${FILE} есть новая версия, но файл находящийся в " "системе был изменён." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates.master:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "show the differences between the versions" msgid "Line by line differences between versions" msgstr "показать различия между версиями"
Please update debconf PO translation for the package man-db 2.4.4-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for man-db. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, July 11, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-27 18:31+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-28 09:19+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "Should man and mandb be installed 'setuid man'?" msgstr "Установить программы man и mandb как 'setuid man'?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "" "The man and mandb program can be installed with the set-user-id bit set, so " "that they will run with the permissions of the 'man' user. This allows " "ordinary users to benefit from the caching of preformatted manual pages " "('cat pages'), which may aid performance on slower machines." msgstr "" "Программы man и mandb могут быть установлены с включённым битом set-user-id, " "для того чтобы они запускались с правами пользователя 'man'. Это разрешит " "обычным пользователям использовать ранееотформатированные страницы " "руководств ('cat pages'), что улучшит производительность медленных машин." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "" "Cached man pages only work if you are using an 80-column terminal, to avoid " "one user causing cat pages to be saved at widths that would be inconvenient " "for other users. If you use a wide terminal, you can force man pages to be " "formatted to 80 columns anyway by setting MANWIDTH=80." msgstr "" "Кешированные страницы руководств работают только, если вы используете 80-ти " "колоночный терминал, что избавляет от сохранения в кеше страниц одного из " "пользователей с форматом, несовместимым с форматом других пользователей. " "Если вы используете широкий терминал, то можете принудительно форматировать " "страницы по 80 символов в строке установкой MANWIDTH=80." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "" "Enabling this feature may be a security risk, so it is disabled by default. " "If in doubt, you should leave it disabled." msgstr "" "Включение этой возможности является угрозой безопасности, поэтому по " "умолчанию она выключена. Если не знаете, что делать, то оставьте как есть." #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 msgid "Should mandb build its database now?" msgstr "Создать базу данных mandb сейчас?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:3001 msgid "" "You do not yet have a database of manual page descriptions. Building one may " "take some time, depending on how many pages you have installed; it will " "happen in the background, possibly slowing down the installation of other " "packages." msgstr "" "База данных описаний страниц руководств не существует. Ее создание может " "занять некоторое время, в зависимости от количества установленных страниц " "руководств; создание базы производится в фоновом режиме, что может замедлить " "установку остальных пакетов." #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time /etc/" #| "cron.weekly/mandb runs, or you can do it yourself using 'mandb -c' as " #| "user 'man'. In the meantime, the 'whatis' and 'apropos' commands will not " #| "be able to display any output." msgid "" "If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time /etc/" "cron.weekly/man-db runs (automatically or manually). Until then, the " "'whatis' and 'apropos' commands will not be able to display any output." msgstr "" "Если вы не построите базу даных сейчас, то она будет построена при " "следующемзапуске /etc/cron.weekly/mandb, или вы можете запустить команду " "'mandb -c' от имени пользователя 'man'. До этого момента команды 'whatis'
Please update debconf PO translation for the package adduser 3.103
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for adduser. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, July 14, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: adduser-debconf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-30 09:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-14 15:06+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want system wide readable home directories?" msgid "Do you want system-wide readable home directories?" msgstr "Хотите сделать домашние каталоги доступными для чтения всем в системе?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Normally, home directories can be viewed by all users on the system. If " #| "you want to increase the security/privacy on your system, you might want " #| "your home directories only readable by the user. If you are unsure, " #| "enable system wide readable home directories." msgid "" "By default, users' home directories are readable by all users on the system. " "If you want to increase security and privacy, you might want home " "directories to be readable only for their owners. But if in doubt, leave " "this option enabled." msgstr "" "Обычно, домашние каталоги могут просматриваться всеми пользователями " "системы. В целях повышения безопасности/конфиденциальности, вы можете " "сделать так, чтобы содержимое домашних каталогов было доступно только его " "владельцу. Если не уверены, ответьте \"да\", тогда домашние каталоги будут " "доступны для чтения всем." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This will only affect home directories of users added with the adduser " #| "program later." msgid "" "This will only affect home directories of users added from now on with the " "adduser command." msgstr "" "Это коснётся только домашних каталогов новых пользователей (т.е. которые " "будут добавлены в систему с помощью adduser позднее)."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package gpm 1.19.6-26
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for gpm. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, July 14, 2007. Thanks, # translation of gpm_1.19.6-23_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the gpm package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 1.19.6-23\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-30 09:49+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 11:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to start or restart GPM while X is running?" msgid "Do you want to (re)start GPM while X is running?" msgstr "Запускать или перезапускать GPM, если работает оконная система X?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Usually, GPM should be started or restarted when it is installed or " #| "upgraded. But when X is running and trying to use the same mouse device, " #| "this can sometimes cause a problem with the X mouse cursor. Switching to " #| "the console and then back to X will usually fix it." msgid "" "Usually, GPM should be started or restarted when it is installed or " "upgraded. However, when X is running and trying to use the same mouse " "device, this can sometimes cause a problem with the X mouse cursor. " "Switching to the console and then back to X will usually fix it." msgstr "" "Обычно, GPM нужно запускать или перезапускать только при установке или " "обновлении. Но если работает X и пытается использовать тоже устройство мышь, " "в X иногда может возникать проблема с курсором мыши. Переключение на консоль " "и обратно в X, обычно, решают эту проблему." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:3001 msgid "Mouse device for GPM:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:3001 msgid "Please enter the mouse device name." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:3001 msgid "" "Common mouse devices names:\n" " - PS/2 mouse: /dev/psaux\n" " - Serial mouse: /dev/ttySx\n" " - USB mouse: /dev/input/mice\n" " - Sun mouse: /dev/sunmouse\n" " - M68k Mac mouse: /dev/mouse" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:4001 msgid "Mouse type:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:4001 msgid "Available mouse types are:" msgstr "Возможные типы мыши:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:4001 msgid "Name Description" msgstr "Название Описание" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../gpm.templates:4001 msgid "" "PS/2 mice: round 6-pin connector\n" " autops2Most PS/2 mice; specific protocol will be auto-detected.\n" "Also use this for USB and ADB mice.\n" " ps2Standard PS/2 mice, 2 or 3 buttons\n" " imps2 Microsoft IntelliMouse and compatibles; PS/2 mice with\n" "3 buttons and a scroll wheel\n" " exps2 Newer Microsoft IntelliMouse and compatible, may have\n" "more than 3 buttons. Most newer PS/2 mice are this type.\n" " synps2 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad, found on many laptops\n" " netmouse Genius NetMouse, 2 normal buttons plus an \"Up/Down\" button\n" " fups2 Same as \"ps2\" but may be needed for certain broken\n" "mice or KVM switches\n" " fuimps2Same as \"imps2\" but may be needed for certain broken\n" "mice or KVM switches" msgstr "" "Мыши PS/2: круглый 6-ти штырьковый разъём\n" " autops2 Большинство мышей PS/2; нужный протокол будет определён\n" " автоматически. Также используется для мышей USB и ADB.\n" " ps2 Стандартная мышь PS/2, 2 или 3 кнопки\n" " imps2 Microsoft IntelliMouse и совместимые; мышь PS/2 с\n" " 3-мя кнопками и колесом прокрутки\n" " exps2 Новая Microsoft IntelliMouse и совместимая, может иметь\n" " более 3-х кнопок. Для большинства новых мышей PS/2.\n" " synps2 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad, есть во многих ноутбуках\n" " netmouseGenius NetMouse, 2 обычные кнопки и\n" " кнопка \"Up/Down\" (коромысло)\n" " fups2 Тоже, что и \"ps2\", но работает с некоторыми нестандартно\n" " работающими мышами или переключателями KVM\n" " fuimps2 Тоже, что и \"imps2\" но работает с некоторыми нестандартно\n" " работающими мышами или переключателями KVM" #. Type: s
Please update debconf PO translation for the package console-common 0.7.70
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for console-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, July 29, 2007. Thanks, # translation of console-common_ru.po to Russian # Nikolai Prokoschenko <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: console-common-debconf_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-15 09:31+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-20 21:30+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.in:2001 msgid "Select keymap from arch list" msgstr "Выбрать раскладку из списка архитектур" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.in:2001 msgid "Don't touch keymap" msgstr "Не трогать раскладку" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.in:2001 msgid "Keep kernel keymap" msgstr "Сохранить раскладку ядра" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates.in:2001 msgid "Select keymap from full list" msgstr "Выбрать раскладку из полного списка" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.in:2002 msgid "Policy for handling keymaps:" msgstr "Управление раскладками:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.in:2002 msgid "The keymap records the layout of symbols on the keyboard." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.in:2002 msgid "" " - 'Select keymap from arch list': select one of the predefined keymaps\n" " specific for your architecture (recommended for non-USB keyboards);\n" " - 'Don't touch keymap': don't overwrite the keymap in /etc/console,\n" " which is maintained manually with install-keymap(8);\n" " - 'Keep kernel keymap': prevent any keymap from being loaded next time\n" " the system boots.\n" " - 'Select keymap from full list': list all the predefined keymaps.\n" " Recommended when using cross-architecture (often USB) keyboards." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates.in:3001 msgid "Ignored boot-time keymap in an old location" msgstr "Игнорируется раскладка, установленная при загрузке системы" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates.in:3001 msgid "" "The keymap configuration tool has been set up not to touch an existing " "keymap." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates.in:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "However, you have file(s) that were recognized as boot-time keymaps by " #| "older versions of the console utilities, either in /etc/kbd/ or in /etc/" #| "console-tools/, named default.kmap(.gz) and these are now ignored." msgid "" "However, there are some 'default.kmap(.gz)' file(s) either in /etc/kbd/ or " "in /etc/console-tools/. These were recognized as boot-time keymaps by older " "versions of the console utilities, but are now ignored." msgstr "" "Обратите внимание, что найденные файлы, которые распознаны как файлы " "раскладок от старых версий утилит (или в /etc/kbd, или в /etc/console-" "tools), с именем default.kmap(.gz), будут проигнорированы." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates.in:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you wish that one of them takes effect on next reboot, you will have " #| "to move it to /etc/console/boottime.kmap.gz manually." msgid "" "If you wish one of these to take effect on next reboot, you will have to " "move it to /etc/console/boottime.kmap.gz manually." msgstr "" "Если вы всё же хотите продолжить их использование при следующей " "перезагрузке, необходимо скопировать их в /etc/console/boottime.kmap.gz " "вручную." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.in:4001 msgid "Keyboard layout family:" msgstr "Название семейства расположения клавиш на клавиатуре:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates.in:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please specify the generic family name for your keyboard layout. Usually, " #| "the layout family name is taken from the first keys on the left of the " #| "top letters row of the keymap (this is at least true for qwerty and " #| "azerty layouts)." msgid "" "Please specify the generic family name for the keyboard layout. Usually, the " "layout family name is taken from the first keys on the left of the top " "letters row of the keymap." msgstr "" "Вам необходимо указать общее название семейства расположения клавиш на " "клавиатуре. Обычно, название семейства состоит из перечисления первых клавиш " "слева в верхнем ряду (это верно как минимум для расположений qwerty и " "azerty)." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../temp
Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-menus 2.18.3-2
Hi, The maintainers of the gnome-menu package plan adding a few entries to the "standard" GNOME menu (which is translated in GNOME, outside Debian), to split the Games submenu when needed. So, they added a Debian-specific directory for these strings. As these strings are close to some already used in the "menu" package, I took the liberty of re-using your translation of menu as a basis. That translation has been merged with the POT file for gnome-menu. The maintainers would appreciate if you can update this translation. Please send your translation updates *as bug reports against gnome-menu* before July 27th. You can still send updates *after* that date but they're likely to wait for another release of the package. Many thanks for your attention. # translation of ru_new.po to Russian # Menu section translation # Copyright (C) 2003 # This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package. # Bill Allombert <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003. # Russian L10N Team , 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ru_new\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-17 21:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 23:38+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Russian L10N Team \n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:1 #, fuzzy msgid "Action" msgstr "Обучающие" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Action games" msgstr "Обучающие" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Adventure" msgstr "Приключения" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Adventure style games" msgstr "Приключения" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Arcade" msgstr "Аркады" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Arcade style games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Falling blocks" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Falling blocks games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Board" msgstr "Настольные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Board games" msgstr "Настольные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Card games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Cards" msgstr "Карточные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Debian" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:2 msgid "The Debian menu" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Games for kids" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Kids" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Logic" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Logic and puzzle games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Role playing" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Role playing games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Simulation" msgstr "Симуляторы" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Simulation games" msgstr "Симуляторы" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Sports" msgstr "Спортивные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Sports games" msgstr "Спортивные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Strategy" msgstr "Стратегии" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Strategy games" msgstr "Стратегии" #~ msgid "Editors" #~ msgstr "Редакторы" #~ msgid "Education" #~ msgstr "Обучающие" #~ msgid "Emulators" #~ msgstr "Эмуляторы" #~ msgid "Graphics" #~ msgstr "Графика" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network" #~ msgstr "Работа с сетью" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Communication" #~ msgstr "Обучающие" #~ msgid "Programming" #~ msgstr "Программирование" #~ msgid "Science" #~ msgstr "Научные" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Data Analysis" #~ msgstr "Базы данных" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Geoscience" #~ msgstr "Научные" #~ msgid "Shells" #~ msgstr "Оболочки" #~ msgid "Sound" #~ msgstr "Работа со звуком" #~ msgid "System" #~ msgstr "Системные" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Terminal Emulators" #~ msgstr "Эмуляторы" #~ msgid "Text" #~ msgstr "Работа с текстом" #~ msgid "Viewers" #~ msgstr "Программы просмотра" #~ msgid "Games" #~ msgstr "Игры" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Blocks" #~ msgstr "Блокировка" #~ msgid "Puzzles" #~ msgstr "Головоломки" #~ msgid "Tools" #~ msgstr "Утилиты" #~ msgid "Toys" #~ msgstr "Игрушки" #~ msgid "Help" #~ msgstr "Справка" #~ msgid "Screen" #~ msgstr "Экран" #, fuzzy #~ msgid
Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-menus 2.18.3-2
Yesterday, I sent you a mail about translations for gnome-menus. I really apologize but that mail mentioned the package as "gnome-menu" while it should be "gnome-menus"...:-( If some of you already reported bugs with updated translations, please reassign the bug to "gnome-menus". That can be done by sending a mail to [EMAIL PROTECTED] with the following in the mail body: reassign gnome-menus thanks (of course should be replaced by the bug number you received after you sent the bug report to the wrong package) Please avoid sending *another* bug report. If you did it already, OK, we'll manage. Again, deep apologies for that mistake which is entirely mine. # translation of ru_new.po to Russian # Menu section translation # Copyright (C) 2003 # This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package. # Bill Allombert <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003. # Russian L10N Team , 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ru_new\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-17 21:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 23:38+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Russian L10N Team \n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:1 #, fuzzy msgid "Action" msgstr "Обучающие" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Action games" msgstr "Обучающие" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Adventure" msgstr "Приключения" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Adventure style games" msgstr "Приключения" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Arcade" msgstr "Аркады" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Arcade style games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Falling blocks" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Falling blocks games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Board" msgstr "Настольные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Board games" msgstr "Настольные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Card games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Cards" msgstr "Карточные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Debian" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:2 msgid "The Debian menu" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Games for kids" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Kids" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Logic" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Logic and puzzle games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Role playing" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Role playing games" msgstr "" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Simulation" msgstr "Симуляторы" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Simulation games" msgstr "Симуляторы" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Sports" msgstr "Спортивные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Sports games" msgstr "Спортивные" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Strategy" msgstr "Стратегии" #: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Strategy games" msgstr "Стратегии" #~ msgid "Editors" #~ msgstr "Редакторы" #~ msgid "Education" #~ msgstr "Обучающие" #~ msgid "Emulators" #~ msgstr "Эмуляторы" #~ msgid "Graphics" #~ msgstr "Графика" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network" #~ msgstr "Работа с сетью" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Communication" #~ msgstr "Обучающие" #~ msgid "Programming" #~ msgstr "Программирование" #~ msgid "Science" #~ msgstr "Научные" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Data Analysis" #~ msgstr "Базы данных" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Geoscience" #~ msgstr "Научные" #~ msgid "Shells" #~ msgstr "Оболочки" #~ msgid "Sound" #~ msgstr "Работа со звуком" #~ msgid "System" #~ msgstr "Системные" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Terminal Emulators" #~ msgstr "Эмуляторы" #~ msgid "Text" #~ msgstr "Работа с текстом" #~ msgid "Viewers" #~ msgstr "Программы просмотра" #~ msgid "Games" #~ msgstr "Игры" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Blocks" #~ msgstr "Блокировка" #~ msgid "Puzzles" #~ msgstr "Головоломки" #~ msgid "Tools" #~ msgstr "Утилиты" #~ msgid "Toys" #~ msgstr "Игрушки" #~ msgid "Help" #~ msgstr "Справка" #~ msgid "Screen" #~ msgstr "Экран" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving" #~ msgstr "Хранители экрана" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Locking" #~ msgstr "Блокировка"
Please update debconf PO translation for the package libpaper 1.1.22
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for libpaper. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, August 01, 2007. Thanks, # translation of libpaper_1.1.20_templates.pot to Russian # Copyright (C) 1995,1996,2000,2001 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libpaper_1.1.20_templates_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-18 19:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 21:48+0600\n" "Last-Translator: Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "letter" msgstr "letter" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a4" msgstr "A4" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "note" msgstr "note" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "legal" msgstr "legal" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "executive" msgstr "executive" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "halfletter" msgstr "halfletter" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "halfexecutive" msgstr "halfexecutive" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "11x17" msgstr "11x17" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "statement" msgstr "statement" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "folio" msgstr "folio" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "quarto" msgstr "quarto" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "10x14" msgstr "10x14" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "ledger" msgstr "ledger" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "tabloid" msgstr "tabloid" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a0" msgstr "A0" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a1" msgstr "A1" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a2" msgstr "A2" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a3" msgstr "A3" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a5" msgstr "A5" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a6" msgstr "A6" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a7" msgstr "A7" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a8" msgstr "A8" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a9" msgstr "A9" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "a10" msgstr "A10" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "b0" msgstr "B0" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "b1" msgstr "B1" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "b2" msgstr "B2" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "b3" msgstr "B3" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "b4" msgstr "B4" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "b5" msgstr "B5" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "c5" msgstr "C5" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "DL" msgstr "DL" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "Comm10" msgstr "Comm10" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "Monarch" msgstr "Monarch" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "archE" msgstr "archE" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "archD" msgstr "archD" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "archC" msgstr "archC" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "archB" msgstr "archB" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "archA" msgstr "archA" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "flsa" msgstr "flsa" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "flse" msgstr "flse" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "csheet" msgstr "csheet" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "dsheet" msgstr "dsheet" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../libpaper1.templates:2001 msgid "esheet" msgstr "esheet" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libpaper1.templates:2002 msgid "System's default paper size:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libpaper1.
Please update debconf PO translation for the package ltsp 5.0.8debian3
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ltsp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, August 08, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 5.0.8debian2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-25 07:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-08 19:44+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001 msgid "Set up an LTSP chroot environment?" msgstr "Настроить chroot-окружение LTSP?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This will set up an LTSP chroot environment on the machine, to act as a " #| "thin client server." msgid "" "Please choose whether you want to set up an LTSP chroot environment on this " "machine, to act as a thin client server." msgstr "" "Сейчас будет настроено chroot-окружение LTSP на машине, которая будет " "выступать в качестве сервера тонких клиентов." #. Type: text #. Description #. Item in the main menu to select this package #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:3001 msgid "Build LTSP chroot" msgstr "Сборка LTSP chroot" #. Type: text #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:4001 msgid "Building LTSP chroot..." msgstr "Собирается LTSP chroot..." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Interface for LTSP dhcpd configuration found" msgid "No interface for LTSP dhcpd configuration" msgstr "Нет интерфейса для настройки LTSP dhcpd" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are no free interfaces for usage with the LTSP Server. Please " #| "configure the file /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf manually to point to a valid " #| "static interface after the installation finished." msgid "" "There are no free interfaces for usage with the LTSP server. Please manually " "configure the /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf file to point to a valid static interface " "after the installation has completed." msgstr "" "Нет свободных интерфейсов для использования LTSP Сервером. После завершения " "установки настройте файл /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf вручную, указав работающий " "статический интерфейс." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001 msgid "Interface for the thin client network:" msgstr "Интерфейс в сеть тонких клиентов:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001 msgid "" "Please choose, among the multiple spare interfaces this system has, which " "one should be used for the thin client." msgstr "" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001 msgid "Installation aborted " msgstr "Установка прервана " #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ltsp-client cannot be installed in a regular machine. This package " #| "provides the basic structure for a LTSP terminal." msgid "" "The ltsp-client package cannot be installed in a regular machine. This " "package provides the basic structure for a LTSP terminal." msgstr "" "ltsp-client не может быть установлен на обычную машину. Этот пакет " "предоставляет базовую структуру для LTSP-терминала." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001 msgid "Please read the package description to understand what it means." msgstr "Чтобы понять, что произошло обратитесь к описанию пакета." #~ msgid "There were multiple spare interfaces found in this system." #~ msgstr "В системе найдено несколько незадействованных интерфейсов."
Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ca-certificates 20070304
Quoting Mikhail Gusarov ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > Christian, > > Twas brillig at 11:05:42 27.07.2007 UTC+02 when Christian Perrier did gyre > and gimble: > > Please CC: the messages to the debian-l10n-russian@ list, not the > debian-russian@ which is for users. Well, it's up to you guys to put the right list in the Language-Team: address in PO files, you know. I *don't* do all this by hand.:) -- To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED] with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Please update debconf PO translation for the package xorg-server 2:1.3.0.0.dfsg-13
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for xorg-server. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, October 02, 2007. Thanks, # translation of xprint_1.0.2-1.ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xprint_1.0.2-1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-18 07:46+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-31 22:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xprint-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default printer resolution" msgid "Default printer resolution:" msgstr "Разрешение печати для принтера по умолчанию" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xprint-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default Xprint assumes a printer resolution of 600dpi. This should be " #| "fine for the majority of printers today." msgid "" "By default, Xprint assumes a printer resolution of 600 dpi. This should be " "well suited for the majority of printers." msgstr "" "По умолчанию, Xprint предполагает, что принтер имеет разрешение 600dpi. На " "сегодняшний день это значение правильно для большинства принтеров." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xprint-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "On certain 1200dpi printers, however, the image might appear squashed in " #| "the corner of the page, or it might be blown up too large on 300dpi " #| "printers. If you are experiencing these kinds of printing problems, you " #| "may want to set the default printer resolution to a more appropriate " #| "value. See /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz for " #| "more details." msgid "" "On certain 1200 dpi printers, however, the image might appear squashed in " "the corner of the page, or it might be blown up too large on 300 dpi " "printers. If you are experiencing such printing problems, you may want to " "set the default printer resolution to a more appropriate value. See /usr/" "share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz for more details." msgstr "" "Однако, на качественных принтерах со 1200dpi, изображение может казаться " "сжатым по углам страницы, или может быть слишком огромным на принтерах с " "300dpi. Если у вас возникли подобные проблемы с печатью, установите " "разрешение принтера по умолчанию в более подходящее значение. Подробней " "смотрите в /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package nas 1.9-3
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for nas. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 06, 2007. Thanks, # translation of nas_1.8-1_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nas_1.8-1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-22 09:00+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-30 11:32+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:2001 msgid "Should nasd release /dev/dsp?" msgstr "Должен ли nasd освобождать /dev/dsp?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The NAS server will by default open the audio device configured on your " #| "system at startup, and then keep it open until it is stopped. This will " #| "stop any audio clients that are not NAS aware from using the audio device." msgid "" "By default, the NAS server will open the configured audio device at startup, " "and then keep it open until the server is stopped. This will stop any non-" "NAS-aware audio clients from using the audio device." msgstr "" "По умолчанию, NAS сервер при запуске системы открывает настроенное аудио " "устройство, а затем оставляет его открытым до окончания своей работы. Из-за " "этого, все программы не поддерживающие NAS, не могут работать с этим " "звуковым устройством." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:2001 msgid "" "The daemon can be configured to release the audio device when it is not " "using it, with some delay after the application completes before the device " "is available." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An alternative to this is to use the \"audiooss\" program (in the package " #| "of the same name) to wrap any programs that use /dev/dsp directly - it " #| "will intercept most uses of /dev/dsp and make the equivalent nas calls " #| "instead." msgid "" "An alternative is to use the \"audiooss\" package to wrap any programs that " "use /dev/dsp to make them use equivalent NAS calls." msgstr "" "Альтернативой этому может быть программа \"audiooss\" (из пакета с тем же " "именем), которая служит как обёртка вокруг любой программы, использующей /" "dev/dsp напрямую -- она перехватывает вызовы к /dev/dsp и заменяет их " "эквивалентными вызовами nas." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:3001 msgid "Should nasd change mixer settings at startup?" msgstr "Должен ли nasd при загрузке изменять настройки микшера?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The nas server will by default change the mixer settings at startup as " #| "follows:" msgid "" "If you choose this option, the NAS server will change the mixer settings at " "startup as follows:" msgstr "" "По умолчанию сервер nas при загрузке изменяет настройки микшера на следующие:" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nas.templates:3001 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| " * set PCM volume to 50%\n" #| " * change the record input device to LINE" msgid "" " - set PCM volume to 50%;\n" " - change the record input device to LINE." msgstr "" " * устанавливает громкость PCM в 50%\n" " * изменяет входное устройство записи на LINE" #~ msgid "" #~ "nasd can be configured to release the audio device when it is not " #~ "actively using it. There will almost always be a slight delay between the " #~ "application using nas finishing and the audio device becoming available " #~ "for other uses; this is due to the latency inherent in the design of nas " #~ "and so cannot really be changed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "nasd можно настроить так, чтобы он освобождал аудио устройство, если нет " #~ "активных пользователей. Это почти всегда создаёт небольшую задержку между " #~ "завершением работы приложения, использующего nas и доступностью аудио " #~ "устройства для других программ; эта задержка является неотъемлемой частью " #~ "дизайна nas и не может быть убрана." #~ msgid "" #~ "Should nasd release the audio device? (It is recommended to select this " #~ "option unless you have special requirements.)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Должен ли nasd освобождать аудио устройство? (Рекомендуется ответить " #~ "утвердительно, если нет каких-то специальных требований.)" #~ msgid "" #~ "Do you want it to do this? (Most people are expected to disable this " #~ "option)" #~ msgstr "Нужно ли
Please update debconf PO translation for the package lirc 0.8.0-13
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for lirc. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 06, 2007. Thanks, # translation of lirc_0.8.0-9.3_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 0.8.0-9.3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-22 09:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-11 21:52+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:2001 msgid "Drivers to build:" msgstr "Драйверы для сборки:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " atiusb: ATI/NVidia/X10 I & II RF Remote\n" #| " bt829: Tekram M230 Mach64\n" #| " cmdir: COMMANDIR USB Transceiver\n" #| " gpio:TV cards from FlyVideo98, Avermedia, MiRO and many others\n" #| " i2c: TV cards from Hauppauge and PixelView\n" #| " igorplugusb: Igor Cesko's USB IR Receiver\n" #| " imon:Soundgraph iMON MultiMedian IR/VFD\n" #| " it87:ITE IT8705/12 CIR ports (e.g. on the ECS K7S5A or Asus " #| "DigiMatrix)\n" #| " mceusb: Windows Media Center Remotes (old version, MicroSoft USB " #| "ID)\n" #| " mceusb2: Windows Media Center Remotes (new version, Philips et al.)\n" #| " parallel:Home-brew parallel-port receiver\n" #| " sasem: Dign HV5 HTPC IR/VFD Module\n" #| " serial: Home-brew serial-port driver\n" #| " sir: Serial InfraRed (IRDA)\n" #| " streamzap: Streamzap PC Remote" msgid "" " atiusb: ATI/NVidia/X10 I & II RF Remote\n" " bt829: Tekram M230 Mach64\n" " cmdir: COMMANDIR USB Transceiver\n" " gpio:TV cards from FlyVideo98, Avermedia, MiRO and many others\n" " i2c: TV cards from Hauppauge and PixelView\n" " igorplugusb: Igor Cesko's USB IR Receiver\n" " imon:Soundgraph iMON MultiMedian IR/VFD\n" " it87:ITE IT8705/12 CIR ports (ECS K7S5A, Asus DigiMatrix...)\n" " mceusb: Windows Media Center Remotes (old version, MicroSoft USB ID)\n" " mceusb2: Windows Media Center Remotes (new version, Philips et al.)\n" " parallel:Home-brew parallel-port receiver\n" " sasem: Dign HV5 HTPC IR/VFD Module\n" " serial: Home-brew serial-port driver\n" " sir: Serial InfraRed (IRDA)\n" " streamzap: Streamzap PC Remote" msgstr "" " atiusb: Пульт ATI/NVidia/X10 I & II RF\n" " bt829: Tekram M230 Mach64\n" " cmdir: COMMANDIR USB передатчик\n" " gpio:TV-карты от FlyVideo98, Avermedia, MiRO и многие другие\n" " i2c: TV-карты от Hauppauge и PixelView\n" " igorplugusb: USB IR-приёмник Igor Cesko \n" " imon:Soundgraph iMON MultiMedian IR/VFD\n" " it87:ITE IT8705/12 CIR порты (например на ECS K7S5A\n" " или Asus DigiMatrix)\n" " mceusb: Пульты Windows Media Center (старая версия MicroSoft USB ID)\n" " mceusb2: Пульты Windows Media Center (новая версия Philips et al.)\n" " parallel:Любительский приёмник на параллельном порту\n" " sasem: Модуль Dign HV5 HTPC IR/VFD\n" " serial: Любительский приёмник на последовательном порту\n" " sir: Serial InfraRed (IRDA)\n" " streamzap: Пульт Streamzap PC" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Try to automagically select support for your hardware?" msgid "Try to automatically select hardware support options?" msgstr "" "Попытаться автоматически выбрать, что нужно поддерживать из вашего " "аппаратного обеспечения?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:3001 msgid "" "Your previous answers can be used as a basis for guessing the list of kernel " "modules that should be built, along with their parameters." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:3001 msgid "Please choose whether this should happen." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You don't need any additional kernel modules" msgid "Additional kernel modules not needed" msgstr "Дополнительных модулей ядра не требуется." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Unless you want to
Please update debconf PO translation for the package openslp 1.2.1-6.3
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openslp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, October 11, 2007. Thanks, # translation of openslp_1.2.1-6_debconf_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 1.2.1-6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-27 07:48+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-07 12:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libslp1.templates:2001 msgid "IP multicast-enabled kernel needed to reduce traffic" msgstr "" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libslp1.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The kernel version that you are currently running does not appear to " #| "support IP multicast. OpenSLP will continue to work even without " #| "multicast support in the kernel by using broadcasts. However, broadcasts " #| "are less efficient on the network, so please consider upgrading to a " #| "multicast enabled kernel." msgid "" "The current kernel does not support IP multicast. OpenSLP will continue to " "work even without multicast support in the kernel, by using broadcasts. " "However, broadcasts are less efficient on the network, so please consider " "upgrading to a multicast-enabled kernel." msgstr "" "В работающем ядре нет поддержки IP multicast. OpenSLP будет работать даже " "без поддержки мультикастинга в ядре, используя широковещательные пакеты. " "Однако широковещательные пакеты менее эффективны в сети, поэтому попробуйте " "обновить ядро, в котором есть поддержка мультикастинга." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libslp1.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please configure a multicast route in /etc/network/interfaces" msgid "Multicast route needed in /etc/network/interfaces" msgstr "Настройте мультикастовый маршрут в /etc/network/interfaces" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libslp1.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You don't seem to have a multicast route configured. OpenSLP can take " #| "advantage of multicast packets and reduce traffic on your network. You " #| "can setup a multicast route automatically on system startup by adding the " #| "following commands to the \"interface\" line(s) in your /etc/network/" #| "interfaces file." msgid "" "There seem to be no multicast route configured. OpenSLP can take advantage " "of multicast packets and reduce traffic on the network. You can set up a " "multicast route automatically on system startup by adding the following " "commands to the \"interface\" line(s) in the /etc/network/interfaces file." msgstr "" "Кажется, у вас не настроен мультикастовый маршрут. OpenSLP может " "использовать преимущества мультикастовых пакетов и уменьшить трафик в вашей " "сети. Вы можете настраивать мультикастовый маршрут в при запуске системы " "автоматически, добавив следующие команды в строку(и) \"interface\" в файл /" "etc/network/interfaces." #~ msgid "To reduce network traffic use a IP multicast enabled kernel" #~ msgstr "Для уменьшения сетевого трафика включите в ядре IP multicast" #~ msgid "\"up route add -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\"" #~ msgstr "\"up route add -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\"" #~ msgid "\"down route del -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\"" #~ msgstr "\"down route del -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\""
Please update debconf PO translation for the package wacom-tools 0.7.7.11-2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for wacom-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 13, 2007. Thanks, # translation of wacom-tools_0.7.4.1-5_debconf_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 0.7.4.1-5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-29 09:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-20 21:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 msgid "Automatically compile the Wacom modules?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "In order to make full use of a wacom graphics tablet you need to compile " #| "and install the provided modules to suit your running Linux kernel." msgid "" "In order to make full use of a Wacom graphics tablet you need to compile and " "install the provided modules to suit the running Linux kernel." msgstr "" "Чтобы задействовать все функции графического планшета wacom нужно " "скомпилировать и установить под ваше запущенное ядро Linux предоставляемые " "модули." #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001 msgid "" "If you choose this option, the Wacom modules will be compiled into a binary " "package using local kernel configuration settings." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001 msgid "" "This requires either a linux-headers-* package or the full kernel source " "tree. Do not choose this option if neither of these is available. You can " "return to this step again later with: 'dpkg-reconfigure wacom-kernel-" "source'." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to create a binary wacom-kernel-modules package now?" msgid "Create a binary wacom-kernel-modules package?" msgstr "Создать пакет бинарный пакет wacom-kernel-modules прямо сейчас?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001 msgid "" "This may replace some modules that were originally built with the running " "kernel." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Linux headers location:" msgid "Linux header files location:" msgstr "Каталог с заголовочными файлами ядра Linux:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have choosen to compile the wacom modules, so you must specify the " #| "location of the Linux kernel headers for them to use." msgid "" "In order to compile the Wacom modules, please enter the location of the " "Linux kernel headers for them to use." msgstr "" "Вы выбрали сборку модулей wacom, поэтому укажите каталог с заголовочными " "файлами ядра Linux, которые нужно использовать." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When Linux headers are provided by a kernel-headers-* package, they " #| "reside in /usr/src/kernel-headers-*." msgid "" "Headers provided by a linux-headers-* package are located in /usr/src/linux-" "headers-*." msgstr "" "Если заголовочные файлы Linux предоставлены пакетом kernel-headers-*, то это " "каталог /usr/src/kernel-headers-*." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you wish to specify a different Linux headers directory?" msgid "Specify a different Linux headers directory?" msgstr "Хотите указать другой каталог с заголовочными файлами ядра Linux?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:5001 msgid "No valid Linux headers were found in the directory you specified." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "What to do after module compilation" msgid "Operations needed after modules compilation" msgstr "Что делать после компиляции модуля" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The wacom-kernel-modules package will be built in /usr/src/modu
Please update debconf PO translation for the package spamprobe 1.4d-2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for spamprobe. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, October 16, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-02 06:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-18 09:02+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Upgrading to Berkeley DB 4.2" msgid "Upgrading to Berkeley DB 4.6" msgstr "Обновление до Berkeley DB 4.2" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Starting with released spamprobe 0.9h-1, database format has changed to " #| "Berkeley DB 4.2 to the effect that spamprobe will not be able to modify " #| "existing databases." msgid "" "As of spamprobe 1.4d-1, the database format changed to Berkeley DB 4.6 and " "spamprobe is no longer able to modify databases using an older format." msgstr "" "Начиная с версии spamprobe 0.9h-1, формат базы данных был изменён на " "Berkeley DB 4.2, и в результате spamprobe теперь не может вносить изменения " "в существующие базы данных." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Since there is no general way to locate all existing databases, no " #| "automatic upgrade is attempted. A manual upgrade path using spamprobe " #| "export/import is outlined in spamprobe(1) DATABASE MAINTENANCE." msgid "" "Since there is no general way to locate all existing databases, no automatic " "upgrade is attempted. A manual upgrade path using spamprobe export/import is " "outlined in the 'DATABASE MAINTENANCE' section of the spamprobe(1) manual " "page." msgstr "" "Так как не существует пути обнаружения всех существующих баз, то нет способа " "автоматического обновления. Схема обновления с помощью spamprobe export/" "import описана в spamprobe(1) DATABASE MAINTENANCE." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "All spamprobe users on this system should be informed of this change and " "advised to read the README.Debian file." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Please inform all spamprobe users on your system of this change and to " #~ "read README.Debian for further changes. Sorry for the inconvenience." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Пожалуйста проинформируйте всех пользователей spamprobe в вашей системе " #~ "об этом изменении и попросите их прочитать README.Debian. Приносим " #~ "извинения за беспокойство."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package clamav 0.91.2-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for clamav. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, October 19, 2007. Thanks, # translation of clamav_0.90.1-2_ru.po to Russian # translation of clamav_0.85.1-2_ru.po to Russian # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clamav_0.90.1-2_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-05 07:41+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-27 12:25+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The use of mirrors.txt is no longer supported" msgid "Use of mirrors.txt no longer supported" msgstr "Использование mirrors.txt более не поддерживается" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "During the transition to handling its mirror database through DNS, the " #| "clamav team dropped support for the 'mirrors.txt' config file." msgid "" "During the transition to handling its mirror database through DNS, the " "ClamAV team dropped support for the 'mirrors.txt' configuration file." msgstr "" "Во время перехода к управлению базой зеркал через DNS, команда разработчиков " "clamav исключила поддержку конфигурационного файла 'mirrors.txt'." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you have entered additional mirrors there, your file will be backed up " #| "as /var/lib/clamav/mirrors.txt.BACKUP." msgid "" "If additional mirrors are mentioned there, this file will be backed up as /" "var/lib/clamav/mirrors.txt.BACKUP." msgstr "" "Если у вас там были прописаны дополнительные зеркала, то ваш файл будет " "сохранен как /var/lib/clamav/mirrors.txt.BACKUP." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If your file was modified, your old mirrors (which may be way too many) " #| "will be added to the new /etc/clamav/freshclam.conf configuration file, " #| "using the DatabaseMirror keyword. Please examine freshclam.conf carefully " #| "after the update is through." msgid "" "If the file was modified, old mirrors (which may be way too many) will be " "added to the new /etc/clamav/freshclam.conf configuration file, using the " "DatabaseMirror keyword. Please examine freshclam.conf carefully after the " "update completes." msgstr "" "Если ваш файл был изменен, то ваши старые зеркала (которых могло быть " "слишком много) будут добавлены в новый файл конфигурации /etc/clamav/" "freshclam.conf с использованием параметра DatabaseMirror. Внимательно " "изучите freshclam.conf после завершения обновления." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3001 msgid "daemon" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3001 msgid "manual" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3002 msgid "Virus database update method:" msgstr "Способ обновления вирусной базы:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3002 msgid "Please choose the method for virus database updates." msgstr "Выберите способ обновления вирусной базы." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " daemon : freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should " #| "choose\n" #| " this option if you have a permanent network connection.\n" #| " ifup.d : freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n" #| " connection is up. Choose this one if you have a dialup " #| "Internet\n" #| " connection and don't want freshclam to initiate new " #| "connections.\n" #| " cron : freshclam is started from cron. Choose if you want full " #| "control\n" #| " of when the database is updated.\n" #| " manual : No automatic invocation of freshclam. This is not recommended,\n" #| " as clamav's database is constantly updated." msgid "" " daemon: freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should choose\n" " this option if you have a permanent network connection;\n" " ifup.d: freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n" " connection is up. Choose this one if you use a dialup Internet\n" " connection and don
Please update debconf PO translation for the package menu 2.1.37
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of menu (programs strings) in Debian. The English strings have changed, and now some messages are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing. Particularly the "--help" string got two additions: " --nodpkgcheck Do not check if packages are installed.\n" " --remove Remove generated menus instead.\n" The package maintainer would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a Debian wishlist bug against menu. Thanks, # translation of menu_ru.po to Russian # Russian translation of menu. # Copyright (C) 2004 Debian menu team # This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package. # # Dan Korostelev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: menu 2.1.30\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-05 07:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-10 15:37+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: ../install-menu/functions.cc:92 msgid "Zero-size argument to print function." msgstr "В функцию print передан аргумент нулевого размера." #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:202 msgid "install-menu: checking directory %1\n" msgstr "install-menu: проверка каталога %1\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:215 msgid "install-menu: creating directory %1:\n" msgstr "install-menu: создание каталога %1:\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:217 msgid "Could not create directory(%1): %2" msgstr "Невозможно открыть каталог(%1): %2" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:219 msgid "Could not change directory(%1): %2" msgstr "Невозможно сменить каталог(%1): %2" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:222 msgid "install-menu: directory %1 already exists\n" msgstr "install-menu: каталог %1 уже существует\n" #. Do not translate supported #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:447 msgid "install-menu: [supported]: name=%1\n" msgstr "install-menu: [поддерживается]: имя=%1\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:464 msgid "Menu entry lacks mandatory field \"%1\".\n" msgstr "В записи пункта меню отсутствует необходимое поле \"%1\".\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:470 msgid "Unknown value for field %1=\"%2\".\n" msgstr "Неизвестное значение поля %1=\"%2\".\n" #. Do not translate quoted text #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:617 msgid "" "install-menu: \"hotkeycase\" can only be \"sensitive\" or \"insensitive\"\n" msgstr "" "install-menu: \"hotkeycase\" может иметь значение только \"sensitive\" или " "\"insensitive\"\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:647 msgid "" "install-menu: Warning: Unknown identifier `%1' on line %2 in file %3. " "Ignoring.\n" msgstr "" "install-menu: Внимание: Неизвестный идентификатор `%1' в строке %2 в файле %" "3. Игнорируется.\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:657 msgid "install-menu: %1 must be defined in menu-method %2" msgstr "install-menu: %1 должен быть определён в menu-method %2" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:824 msgid "Cannot open file %1 (also tried %2).\n" msgstr "Не удалось открыть файл %1 (также и %2).\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:832 ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:839 #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:847 msgid "Cannot open file %1.\n" msgstr "Не удалось открыть файл %1.\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:849 msgid "" "In order to be able to create the user config file(s) for the window " "manager,\n" "the above file needs to be writeable (and/or the directory needs to exist).\n" msgstr "" "Для создания пользовательских файлов конфигурации менеджера окон,\n" "вышеуказанные файлы должны быть доступны на запись (и/или каталоги должны " "существовать).\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:871 msgid "Warning: the string %1 did not occur in template file %2\n" msgstr "Внимание: строка %1 не найдена в файле шаблона %2\n" #. Don't translate quoted string #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:896 msgid "" "install-menu [-vh] \n" " Read menu entries from stdin in \"update-menus --stdout\" format\n" " and generate menu files using the specified menu-method.\n" " Options to install-menu:\n" " -h --help: this message\n" "--remove : remove the menu instead of generating it.\n" " -v --verbose : be verbose\n" msgstr "" "install-menu [-vh] <метод-меню>\n" " Читает записи пунктов меню из stdin в формате \"update-menus --stdout\"\n" " и генерирует файлы меню, используя указанный метод-меню.\n" " Опции install-menu:\n" " -h --help: это сообщение\n" "--remove : удалить меню, а не создавать.\n" " -v --verbose : выдавать подробную информацию\n" #: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:943 msgid "install-menu: no menu-m
Please update debconf PO translation for the package ssl-cert 1.0.15
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ssl-cert. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, October 25, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ssl-cert_1.0.13_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ssl-cert_1.0.13\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-11 07:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-18 21:36+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. DefaultChoice #: ../templates:2001 msgid "GB" msgstr "RU" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Country Name" msgid "Country code:" msgstr "Страна" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid "" "Please enter the two-letter ISO-3166 code to use in the SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid "" "It will become the 'countryName' field of the generated SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. DefaultChoice #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Scotland" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "State or Province Name" msgid "State or province name:" msgstr "Штат или округ" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3002 msgid "" "Please enter the name of the administrative subdivision to use in the SSL " "certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3002 msgid "" "It will become the 'stateOrProvinceName' field of the generated SSL " "certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. DefaultChoice #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Edinburgh" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Locality Name" msgid "Locality name:" msgstr "Местоположение" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The name of the city or town that you live in. (localityName)" msgid "" "Please enter the name of the city or town to use in the SSL certificate." msgstr "Город проживания. (localityName)" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid "" "It will become the 'localityName' field of the generated SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. DefaultChoice #: ../templates:5001 msgid "Example Inc." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Organisation Name" msgid "Organization name:" msgstr "Организация" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The name of the company or organisation the certificate is for. " #| "(organisationName)" msgid "" "Please enter the name of the company or organization to use in the SSL " "certificate." msgstr "" "Компания или организация, которой выдаётся сертификат. (organisationName)" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5002 msgid "" "It will become the 'organisationName' field of the generated SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. DefaultChoice #: ../templates:6001 msgid "Dept. of Examplification" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Organisational Unit Name" msgid "Organizational unit name:" msgstr "Структурная единица организации" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6002 msgid "" "Please enter the name of the division or section of the organization to use " "in the SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6002 msgid "" "It will become the 'organisationalUnitName' field of the generated SSL " "certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Name" msgid "Host name:" msgstr "Имя машины" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "Please enter the host name to use in the SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "It will become the 'commonName' field of the generated SSL certificate." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "This value is mandatory." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:8001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "Email address:" msgstr "Адрес электронной почты" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:8001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The email address that should be associated with the certificate." msgid "Please enter the email address to use
Please update debconf PO translation for the package uw-imap 7:2006j2.dfsg-4
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for uw-imap. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, October 29, 2007. Thanks, # translation of uw-imap_7:2002edebian1-13.2_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 7:2002edebian1-13.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-15 07:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-14 17:50+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:2001 ../uw-imapd.templates:2001 msgid "Server ports and protocols to support:" msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:2001 ../uw-imapd.templates:2001 msgid "Please choose the server ports and protocols to activate." msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:2001 msgid "" " pop3: POP 3 on TCP port 110 with TLS support;\n" " pop3s: POP 3 on TCP port 995 with SSL support;\n" " pop2: (obsolete) POP 2 on TCP port 109 with TLS support." msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:2001 msgid "It is recommended to activate both pop3 and pop3s." msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:2001 msgid "" "As the ports and protocols choice may have been overridden by local changes, " "you may need to enforce the choice and run the package configuration again " "with 'dpkg-reconfigure ipopd'." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:3001 ../uw-imapd.templates:3001 msgid "Enforce port selection?" msgstr "Работать только на указанных портах?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:3001 msgid "The ipopd daemon supports listening simultaneously on several ports." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ipopd.templates:3001 ../uw-imapd.templates:2001 #: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001 msgid "" "As the ports and protocols choice may have been overridden by local changes, " "you may need to enforce the choice and run the package configuration again " "with 'dpkg-reconfigure uw-imapd'." msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001 msgid "" " imap2: IMAP 4rev1 on TCP port 143 with TLS support;\n" " imaps: IMAP 4rev1 on TCP port 993 with SSL support;\n" " imap3: (obsolete) IMAP 3 on TCP port 220 with TLS support." msgstr "" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001 msgid "It is recommended to activate both imap2 and imaps." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001 msgid "The uw-imap daemon supports listening simultaneously on several ports." msgstr "" #~ msgid "pop2 = POP 2 on TCP port 109 with TLS support. This is obsolete." #~ msgstr "pop2 = POP 2 с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 109. Устарел." #~ msgid "pop3 = POP 3 on TCP port 110 with TLS support." #~ msgstr "pop3 = POP 3 с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 110." #~ msgid "pop3s = POP 3 on TCP port 995 with SSL support." #~ msgstr "pop3s = POP 3 с поддержкой SSL на TCP-порту 995." #~ msgid "If in doubt, choose pop3 and pop3s." #~ msgstr "Если не знаете что выбрать, укажите pop3 и pop3s." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The ports selected for enabling may be overridden by locally configured " #~| "services. By default the port selection is respected only on initial " #~| "installs, and is ignored on later reconfiguration." #~ msgid "" #~ "By default the port selection is respected only on initial installs, and " #~ "is ignored on later updates and reconfiguration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Номера портов, выбранные здесь, могут быть изменены в локальном файле " #~ "services. По умолчанию выбор портов производится только при начальной " #~ "настройке и игнорируется при последующих перенастройках." #~ msgid "" #~ "imap2 = IMAP 4Rev1 (not 2, strangely enough) on TCP port 143 with TLS " #~ "support." #~ msgstr "" #~ "imap2 = IMAP 4Rev1 (не 2, что странно) с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 143." #~ msgid "imap3 = IMAP 3 on TCP port 220 with TLS support. This is obsolete." #~ msgstr "imap3 = IMAP 3 с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 220. Устарел." #~ msgid "imaps = IMAP 4Rev1 on TCP port 993 with SSL support." #~ msgstr "imaps = IMAP 4Rev1 с поддержкой SSL на TCP-порту 993." #, f
Please update debconf PO translation for the package postgresql-common 79
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for postgresql-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, October 31, 2007. Thanks, # translation of postgresql-common_71_ru.po to Russian # translation of postgresql-common_51_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: postgresql-common_71_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-17 07:25+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-09 09:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001 msgid "Obsolete major version ${old}" msgstr "Устаревшая версия ${old}" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The PostgreSQL version ${old} is obsolete, but you still have the server " #| "and/or client package installed. Please install the latest packages " #| "(postgresql-${latest} and postgresql-client-${latest}) and upgrade your " #| "existing ${oldversion} clusters with pg_upgradecluster (see manpage)." msgid "" "The PostgreSQL version ${old} is obsolete, but the server or client packages " "are still installed. Please install the latest packages (postgresql-" "${latest} and postgresql-client-${latest}) and upgrade the existing " "${oldversion} clusters with pg_upgradecluster (see manpage)." msgstr "" "PostgreSQL версии ${old} устарел, но у вас все еще установлен пакет сервера " "и/или клиента. Пожалуйста, установите последние пакеты (postgresql-${latest} " "и postgresql-client-${latest}), и обновите ваши существующие кластеры " "${oldversion} с помощью pg_upgradecluster (смотрите man-страницу)." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001 msgid "" "Please be aware that the installation of postgresql-${latest} will " "automatically create a default cluster ${latest}/main. If you want to " "upgrade the ${old}/main cluster, you need to remove the already existing " "${latest} cluster (pg_dropcluster --stop ${latest} main, see manpage for " "details)." msgstr "" "Предупреждаю вас, что установка postgresql-${latest} автоматически создаст " "кластер по умолчанию ${latest}/main. Если вы желаете обновить кластер " "${old}/main, вы должны удалить существующий кластер ${latest} " "(pg_dropcluster --stop ${latest} main, для деталей смотрите man-страницу)." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The old server and client packages are not supported any more. After " #| "having upgraded the existing clusters, you should remove the postgresql-" #| "${old} and postgresql-client-${old} packages." msgid "" "The old server and client packages are no longer supported. After the " "existing clusters are upgraded, the postgresql-${old} and postgresql-client-" "${old} packages should be removed." msgstr "" "Старые пакеты сервера и клиента более не поддерживаются.После обновления " "существующих кластеров, вы должны удалить пакеты postgresql-${old} и " "postgresql-client-${old}."
Please update debconf PO translation for the package mplayer 1.0~rc1-17
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for mplayer. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, November 02, 2007. Thanks, # Translation of mplayer debconf templates to Russian # Copyright (C) Sergey V. Mironov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # This file is distributed under the same license as the mplayer package. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mplayer_1.0RC1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-18 10:01+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-04 18:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Sergey V. Mironov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:2001 msgid "Detailed configuration needed for each user" msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:2001 msgid "" "The performance of MPlayer depends heavily on hardware; this means that it " "may benefit from tweaking options for every single machine it's installed on." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:2001 msgid "" "You should read the documentation provided by the 'mplayer-doc' package." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:2001 msgid "" "Now, some configuration options will be set for the entire system in /etc/" "mplayer/mplayer.conf which may be adapted later. Any user can also refine " "options in ~/.mplayer/config." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:3001 msgid "Replace existing configuration file?" msgstr "Заменить существующий файл конфигурации?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is already a file /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf, but it does not " #| "contain an automatically generated part. This script may generate a new " #| "file (the old file will be moved to /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf.debconf-" #| "old)." msgid "" "An /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf file already exists on the system and does not " "contain an automatically-generated part. That file can be replaced by a " "generated one (the old file will be moved to /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf." "debconf-old)." msgstr "" "Файл /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf уже существует, но не содержит формируемой " "автоматически части. Этот скрипт может создать новый файл (старый файл будет " "переименован в /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf.debconf-old)." #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Replace existing configuration file?" msgid "Old configuration file kept" msgstr "Заменить существующий файл конфигурации?" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:4001 msgid "You chose not to replace the existing /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf file." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:4001 msgid "" "That file can be generated automatically later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure " "mplayer'." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:5001 msgid "MPlayer video output:" msgstr "Режим вывода видео MPlayer'а:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:5001 msgid "" "MPlayer can use a very wide range of video output drivers. The needed driver " "may be detected automatically or chosen manually." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:5001 msgid "" "If you prefer choosing the driver yourself, you first should choose an entry " "matching this system's video card. If none match and the card supports 'XV', " "choose that option (the 'xvinfo' command may help)." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:5001 msgid "" "Please read the /usr/share/doc/mplayer-doc/HTML/en/video.html file from the " "'mplayer-doc' package for more details." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:6001 msgid "Binary codecs download" msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:6001 msgid "MPlayer supports most video formats without additional software." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:6001 msgid "" "Additional video formats, such as Real 3.0/4.0, Windows Media 9, or " "Quicktime, can be supported by using binary codecs." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:6001 msgid "" "As such codecs are not free software, they are not distributed with this " "package but can be downloaded freely. The '/usr/share/mplayer/scripts/" "binary_codecs.sh' script is provided in this package to help downloading " "them from the MPlayer web site." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mplayer.templates:7001 msgid "DVD device name:" msgstr "Имя устройства DVD:" #. Type: string #. Description #
Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap2.3 2.3.38-2
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openldap2.3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 06, 2007. Thanks, # translation of 2.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-23 08:18+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?" msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " #| "created for you." msgid "" "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " "created." msgstr "" "Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных " "создаваться не будет." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "always" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "when needed" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "never" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:" msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your " #| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is " #| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data " #| "Interchange Format)." msgid "" "Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP " "directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized " "LDAP Data Interchange Format)." msgstr "" "Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога " "LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в " "стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных " "LDAP)." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases " #| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only " #| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old " #| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will " #| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database." msgid "" "Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally " "before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if " "the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to " "be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur." msgstr "" "Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят " "ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости" "\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со " "старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если " "выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory to dump databases:" msgid "Directory for dumped databases:" msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. " #| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to " #| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free " #| "space on the partition the directory is located. The first occurrence of " #| "the
Delaying the openldap2.3 translation update
Hi, On request by the openldap2.3 maintainers, the review of English for this package has been extended for one week. Please hold off any translation update. If you already sent some, I will integrate it anyway, but expect some minor adaptations in a few days, again. Sorry for the exceptionnal inconvenience. Thanks, # translation of 2.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-23 08:18+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?" msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " #| "created for you." msgid "" "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " "created." msgstr "" "Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных " "создаваться не будет." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "always" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "when needed" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "never" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:" msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your " #| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is " #| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data " #| "Interchange Format)." msgid "" "Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP " "directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized " "LDAP Data Interchange Format)." msgstr "" "Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога " "LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в " "стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных " "LDAP)." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases " #| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only " #| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old " #| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will " #| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database." msgid "" "Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally " "before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if " "the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to " "be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur." msgstr "" "Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят " "ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости" "\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со " "старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если " "выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory to dump databases:" msgid "Directory for dumped databases:" msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. " #| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to " #| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free " #| "space on the partition the directory is located. The first occurrence of " #| "the string \"VERSION\" is replaced with the server version you are " #| "upgrading from. The default i
Please update debconf PO translation for the package ppp 2.4.4rel-10
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ppp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, November 07, 2007. Thanks, # ppp_2.4.4rel-3_templates.pot translated to Russian # Copyright (C) 1984-2004 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ppp package. # # Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.4.4rel-3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 07:31+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-16 21:57+0600\n" "Last-Translator: Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Type: text #. Description #. Main menu item #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:2001 msgid "Configure and start a PPPoE connection" msgstr "Настройка и установление PPPoE-соединения" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No concentrator was found" msgid "No PPPoE concentrator" msgstr "PPPoE-сервер не найден" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001 msgid "" "All network interfaces have been probed, but a PPPoE concentrator was not " "detected." msgstr "Проверены все сетевые интерфейсы. PPPoE-сервер не найден." #. Type: error #. Description #. Type: error #. Description #. Type: error #. Description #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001 #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The configuration of PPPoE is aborted. It can be attempted again by " #| "selecting the relevant menu entry." msgid "" "The configuration of PPPoE has been aborted. It can be attempted again by " "selecting the relevant menu entry." msgstr "" "Настройка PPPoE-соединения прервана. Вы можете повторить её, " "выбравсоответствующий пункт меню." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001 msgid "ISP account username:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001 msgid "Please enter the username for the PPP connection." msgstr "Введите имя пользователя для PPP-соединения." #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This information should have been provided to you by your Internet " #| "Service Provider." msgid "" "This information should have been provided by your Internet Service Provider." msgstr "Эту информацию должен был сообщить вам ваш интернет-провайдер." #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PPP password:" msgid "ISP account password:" msgstr "Пароль к PPP-соединению:" #. Type: password #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001 msgid "Please enter the password for the PPP connection." msgstr "Введите пароль к PPP-соединению." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Ethernet interface found" msgid "No Ethernet interface" msgstr "Не найден ни один сетевой интерфейс Ethernet" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001 msgid "" "PPPoE networking cannot be configured because no Ethernet interface was " "detected." msgstr "" "Настройка PPPoE невозможна до тех пор, пока не будет обнаружен сетевой " "Ethernet-интерфейс." #. Type: text #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:8001 msgid "Searching for concentrators on ${IFACE}..." msgstr "Поиск PPPoE-серверов на интерфейсе ${IFACE}..." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001 msgid "Failed authentication" msgstr "Ошибка аутентификации" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A PPPoE connection was attempted, but the provided login information was " #| "incorrect. Because of this the authentication failed." msgid "" "A PPPoE connection was attempted, but the provided login information was " "probably incorrect." msgstr "Невозможно соединиться с PPPoE-сервером из-за ошибки аутентификации." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please make sure you type the correct username and password." msgid "Please check the username and password you provided." msgstr "Проверьте, что вы ввели логин и пароль правильно." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "Ошибка" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001 msgid "An unidentified error happened while attempting to create a connection." msgstr "" #. Type: text #. Description #: ../ppp-udeb.templates:11001 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Подождите..." #~ msgid "PPP login:" #~ msgstr "Логин для PPP-соединения:" #~ ms
Please update debconf PO translation for the package xawtv 3.95.dfsg.1-7
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for xawtv. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. (manual note: that specific review indeed mostly "killed" your translation because of the numerous changes we made. Sorry for this) A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, November 08, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 3.95.dfsg.1-6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-25 07:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-11 21:46+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:2001 msgid "Create video4linux (/dev/video*) special files?" msgstr "Создать специальные файлы video4linux (/dev/video*)?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "scan for TV stations?" msgid "Scan for TV stations?" msgstr "Искать ТВ каналы?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:3001 msgid "" "A list of TV stations found by scanning can be included in the configuration " "file." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This requires a working bttv driver. If bttv isn't configured correctly " #| "I might not find the TV stations." msgid "" "This requires a working bttv driver. If bttv isn't configured correctly, TV " "stations will not be found." msgstr "" "Для этого требуется работающий драйвер bttv. Если bttv настроен неправильно, " "то каналы найдены не будут." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:3001 msgid "" "Channel names will be retrieved from teletext information, which will only " "work for PAL channels." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:4001 msgid "TV standard:" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:5001 msgid "Create a default configuration for xawtv?" msgstr "Создать конфигурацию по умолчанию для xawtv?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can create a system-wide configuration file for xawtv with reasonable " #| "default values for the country you live in (which TV norm is used for " #| "example)." msgid "" "A system-wide configuration file for xawtv can be created with reasonable " "default values for the local country." msgstr "" "Вы можете создать общий конфигурационный файл для xawtv с приемлемыми " "значениями по умолчанию для вашей страны (например, тип ТВ-сигнала)." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:5001 msgid "" "That file is not required but will simplify software configuration for users." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "us-bcast" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "us-cable" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "us-cable-hrc" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "japan-bcast" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "japan-cable" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "europe-west" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "europe-east" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "italy" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "newzealand" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "australia" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "ireland" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "france" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../xawtv.templates:6001 msgid "china-bcast" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:6002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Frequency table that should be used:" msgid "Frequency table to use:" msgstr "Таблица частот, которая должна быть использована:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../xawtv.templates:6002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A frequency table is just a list of TV channel names/numbers and the " #| "corresponding broadcast frequencies for these channels. Different " #| "regions use different standards here..." msgid "" "A frequency table is a list of TV channel names and numbers with their "
Please update debconf PO translation for the package tex-common 1.10
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for tex-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, November 10, 2007. Thanks, # translation of tex-common_0.42_debconf_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 0.42\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-27 09:09+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-14 21:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Essential entry missing in ${filename}" msgstr "Отсутствие обязательной записи в ${filename}" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "An essential entry is missing in ${filename}:" msgstr "Отсутствует обязательная запись в ${filename}:" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "No setting of ${variable}." msgstr "Не задано ${variable}." #. Type: error #. Description #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "TeX will not work without it, you need to fix your configuration files. " #| "The version of ${filename} that is provided by the package should be " #| "available as ${filename}.ucf-dist." msgid "" "TeX will not work until the configuration files are fixed. The version of " "${filename} that is provided by the package should be available as " "${filename}.ucf-dist." msgstr "" "TeX не будет работать без этого, вам нужно исправить конфигурационные файлы. " "Версия ${filename}, предоставляемая этим пакетом, доступна под именем " "${filename}.ucf-dist." #. Type: error #. Description #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001 msgid "The configuration process has been aborted." msgstr "" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Essential entry wrong in ${filename}" msgid "Invalid essential entry in ${filename}" msgstr "Неправильная обязательная запись в ${filename}" #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An essential entry is wrong in ${filename}: ${variable} does not contain" msgid "" "An essential entry is invalid in ${filename}: ${variable} does not contain:" msgstr "Ошибки в обязательной записи в ${filename}: не указано ${variable}" #~ msgid "Exiting." #~ msgstr "Выходим." #~ msgid "${pattern}" #~ msgstr "${pattern}"
Please update debconf PO translation for the package flex 2.5.33-13
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for flex. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 13, 2007. Thanks, # translation of flex_2.5.33-5_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: flex_2.5.33-5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-30 07:26+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-10 21:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "Are you sure you want to upgrade flex?" msgstr "Вы уверены, что хотите обновить flex?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This version of Flex is a major upgrade from previous versions. There " #| "have been extensive changes. Flex scanners are now reenterant, you may " #| "have multiple scanners in the same program with differing sets of " #| "defaults, and they play nicer with modern C and C++ compilers. The flip " #| "side is that Flex no longer conforms to the POSIX lex behaviour, and the " #| "scanners require conforming implementations when flex is used in ANSI C " #| "mode. The package flex-old provides the same behaviour as version 2.5.4a " #| "of Flex." msgid "" "The behavior of Flex has undergone a major change since version 2.5.4a. Flex " "scanners are now reentrant: they can have multiple scanners in the same " "program with differing sets of defaults, and they play nicer with modern C " "and C++ compilers. The flipside is that Flex no longer conforms to the POSIX " "lex behavior, and the scanners require conforming implementations when Flex " "is used in ANSI C mode. The package flex-old provides the older behavior." msgstr "" "Эта версия Flex сильно отличается от предыдущих версий. Она претерпела " "значительные изменения. Flex сканеры теперь реентерабельны, вы можете " "включать несколько сканеров с различными настройками по умолчанию в одну " "программу, и теперь они лучше взаимодействуют с современными компиляторами C " "и C++. С другой стороны, Flex теперь больше не соответствует поведению POSIX " "lex и сканеров, требующих соответствующих реализаций, если flex используется " "в режиме ANSI C. Поведение как у версии Flex 2.5.4a предоставляется пакетом " "flex-old." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "" "Please make sure you are prepared for these changes in Flex before " "continuing with its upgrade." msgstr "Перед тем как обновлять Flex убедитесь, что готовы к таким изменениям."
Use of ttf-thryomanes for Greek/Cyrillic/Hungarian (was: Re: Orphaned packages with quite some users?)
(beware: wide crosspost. Please turn your brain ON to decide where you want to reply... :-))) Quoting Cyril Brulebois ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > Luk Claes <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> (31/10/2007): > > Below you'll find a list of longtime orphaned packages with quite some > > users. It would be great if people could adopt packages that are still > > usefull and give alternatives and/or migration plans for packages that > > are rather obsolete or not really usefull anymore. > > > > http://packages.qa.debian.org/t/ttf-thryomanes.html > > http://packages.qa.debian.org/u/unifont.html > > Putting the pkg-fonts team in the loop, since it might be interested in > taking care of these ones. ttf-thryomanes probably appears here because it is listed in a few l10n tasks: cyrillic-desktop: ttf-thryomanes greek-desktop: ttf-thryomanes hungarian-desktop: ttf-thryomanes Description: A Unicode font covering Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and IPA Thryomanes is a TrueType Unicode font (with bold, italic and bold-italic variations). It covers the Latin and IPA sections of Unicode 3.0, and most of the Greek (including Polytonic Greek) and Cyrillic sections. So, the choice becomes: - keep this font listed in (some of) these tasks. Then it needs to be maintained by - someone willing to do so - the pkg-fonts-devel "team" - remove this font from all tasks and then either: - drop the package - keep it is someone volunteers to maintain it IMHO, even if I did not check this, the ttf-dejavu font(s) cover these languages pretty well. So, the font is maybe not very much relevant for being installed by default. On the other hand, the package has few bugs (4) and should be very easy to maintain. Upstream seems inactive (no release since 2000-2001). signature.asc Description: Digital signature
gnumeric 1.6.3-7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnumeric
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for gnumeric. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, November 16, 2007. Thanks, # translation of gnumeric_1.6.3-2_debconf-ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnumeric_1.6.3-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-02 12:26+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 10:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnumeric.templates:2001 msgid "Really upgrade gnumeric?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnumeric.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It appears there is an instance of gnumeric running currently. If you " #| "upgrade gnumeric now, that instance may not be able to save its data " #| "anymore." msgid "" "An instance of gnumeric is currently running. If you upgrade now, it may no " "longer be able to save its data." msgstr "" "Кажется, в данный момент запущена программа gnumeric. Если вы обновите " "gnumeric в таком состоянии, то она не сможет сохранить данные." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../gnumeric.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You are strongly recommended to close the running instances of gnumeric " #| "prior to upgrading this package." msgid "" "You should close the running instances of gnumeric before upgrading this " "package." msgstr "" "Перед обновлением пакета настоятельно рекомендуется закрыть все работающие " "копии gnumeric." #~ msgid "Are you sure you want to upgrade gnumeric right now?" #~ msgstr "Вы уверены, что хотите обновить gnumeric прямо сейчас?"
x-ttcidfont-conf 25.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package x-ttcidfont-conf
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for x-ttcidfont-conf. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 20, 2007. Thanks, # translation of x-ttcidfont-conf_24_debconf_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: x-ttcidfont-conf_24\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-06 09:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-14 21:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Backend to use for TrueType handling on X:" msgstr "" "Backend, который нужно использовать для обработки шрифтов TrueType в X:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Two backends can handle TrueType fonts: FreeType and X-TT." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "XFree86 4.x has two backends to handle TrueType fonts, FreeType and X-TT. " #| "FreeType (a simple backend) is standard, while X-TT is alternative and " #| "has a mechanism of decorating TrueType fonts that can create bold and " #| "oblique faces from a single font." msgid "" "The standard FreeType has simple features, while X-TT offers a TrueType " "fonts decoration mechanism that can create bold and oblique faces from a " "single font." msgstr "" "В XFree86 4.x есть два backend для обработки шрифтов TrueType: FreeType и X-" "TT. FreeType (простой backend) является стандартом, в то время как X-TT -- " "альтернативная реализация, которая поддерживает механизм, позволяющий из " "одного шрифта TrueType создавать варианты жирного и наклонного начертания." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If unsure, choose FreeType." msgid "If in doubt, you should choose FreeType." msgstr "Если не уверены, выберите FreeType." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Prefer speed over quality while rendering?" msgstr "Оптимизировать отрисовку шрифтов по скорости, в ущерб качеству?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "There are two ways for XTT to calculate the font metrics:" msgid "There are two ways for X-TT to calculate the font metrics:" msgstr "Есть два варианта как XTT будет просчитывать метрики шрифтов:" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" " - user header info: fast and lightweight but fallible;\n" " - calculate every glyph: slow and heavyweight but reliable." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "With a fast CPU and enough memory, you should decline this option and X-TT " "will calculate every glyph." msgstr "" #~ msgid "FontPath of TrueType and CID managed by defoma is changed" #~ msgstr "Изменение FontPath для TrueType и CID, управляемых defoma" #~ msgid "" #~ "TrueType and CID font paths which defoma manages have changed again. " #~ "Please add these entries to the \"Files\" section of /etc/X11/xorg.conf:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Пути к типам шрифтов TrueType и CID, управляемых через defoma опять " #~ "изменились. Добавьте следующие записи в раздел \"Files\" файла /etc/X11/" #~ "xorg.conf:" #~ msgid "" #~ " FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/CID\"\n" #~ " FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ " FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/CID\"\n" #~ " FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Also add these two directories to the \"catalogue\" path lists in /etc/" #~ "X11/fs/config and/or /etc/X11/fs-xtt/config, and delete any mention of /" #~ "usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID in any of these files." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Также добавьте эти два каталога в список путей \"catalogue\" в файлах /" #~ "etc/X11/fs/config и/или /etc/X11/fs-xtt/config и удалите все указания на /" #~ "usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID во всех этих файлах." #~ msgid "" #~ " 1) use header info; fast, lazy, possible miscalculation(?).\n" #~ " 2) calculate every glyph; slow, need highspeed CPU and much memory." #~ msgstr "" #~ " 1) используя информацию заголовка; быстрый, откладываемый, возможно " #~ "неточный(?).\n" #~ " 2) вычисляя каждый образ символа; медленный, требует мощного ЦП CPU и " #~ "много памяти." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have a relatively fast CPU and plenty of available memory, you " #~ "should go for (2) and decline this option. If your computer's resources
dash 0.5.4-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dash
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for dash. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, November 25, 2007. Thanks, # translation of dash_0.5.3-6.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Ilgiz Kalmetev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 0.5.3-6.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-11 19:37+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-29 21:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:2001 msgid "Install dash as /bin/sh?" msgstr "Настроить символическую ссылку /bin/sh на dash?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:2001 msgid "The default /bin/sh shell on Debian and Debian-based systems is bash." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../dash.templates.in:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bash is the default /bin/sh on a Debian system. However, since the " #| "Debian policy requires all shell scripts using /bin/sh to be POSIX " #| "compliant, any shell that conforms to POSIX can serve as /bin/sh. Since " #| "dash is POSIX compliant, it can be used as /bin/sh. You may wish to do " #| "this because dash is faster and smaller than bash." msgid "" "However, since the distribution policy requires all shell scripts using /bin/" "sh to be POSIX compliant, any shell that conforms to POSIX, such as dash, " "can serve as /bin/sh. You may wish to do this because dash is faster and " "smaller than bash." msgstr "" "В системе Debian по умолчанию символическая ссылка /bin/sh указывает на " "bash. Однако, так как политика Debian требует, чтобы все сценарии оболочки, " "использующие /bin/sh, были совместимы с POSIX, то /bin/sh может указывать на " "любую оболочку, совместимую с POSIX. Так как dash совместим с POSIX, то /bin/" "sh может указывать на него. Если сравнивать c bash, то основными " "преимуществами dash являются скорость и размер."
courier 0.57.0-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package courier
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for courier. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, November 26, 2007. Thanks, # translation of courier_0.53.3-5_ru.po to Russian # translation of courier_0.47-4_ru.po to Russian # translation of courier_0.42.2-9.po to russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: courier_0.53.3-5_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-11 19:33+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-27 13:06+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: note #. Description #. Obsolete, not reviewed #: ../courier-base.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modified Authentication Infrastructure" msgid "Modified authentication infrastructure" msgstr "Изменилась инфраструктура аутентификации" #. Type: note #. Description #. Obsolete, not reviewed #: ../courier-base.templates:2001 msgid "" "Beginning with Courier 0.48, the authentication modules that used to be part " "of Courier have been separated into a standalone library. All Courier " "applications are now using the same authentication infrastructure, the " "Courier authentication library. Packages for this library consists of a base " "package (courier-authlib) and one for each authentication method (courier-" "authlib-userdb, -mysql, -postgresql, -ldap, -pipe). Unfortunately it wasn't " "possible to setup the dependencies in order to allow a seamless upgrade. " "Please install the package for your authentication method manually." msgstr "" "Начиная с Courier 0.48, модули аутентификации, которые использовались как " "часть Courier, были выделены в отдельную библиотеку.Теперь все приложения " "Courier используют одинаковую инфраструктуру аутентификации, библиотеку " "аутентификации Courier. Пакеты для этой библиотеки состоят из базового " "пакета (courier-authlib) и по одному для каждого метода аутентификации " "(courier-authlib-userdb, -mysql,-postgresql, -ldap, -pipe). К сожалению, " "невозможно установить зависимости, чтобы позволить прозрачное обновление. " "Установите самостоятельно пакеты для вашего метода аутентификации." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../courier-base.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create directories for web-based administration ?" msgid "Create directories for web-based administration?" msgstr "Создать директории для web-администрирования ?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../courier-base.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Courier uses several configuration files which are located in /etc/" #| "courier. Some configuration files can be replaced by a subdirectory where " #| "all files insides this directory are concatenated and considered to be a " #| "single, consolidated, configuration file." msgid "" "Courier uses several configuration files in /etc/courier. Some of these " "files can be replaced by a subdirectory whose contents are concatenated and " "treated as a single, consolidated, configuration file." msgstr "" "Courier использует несколько файлов настроек, которые расположены в /etc/" "courier. Некоторые файлы настроек можно заменить поддиректорией, все файлы в " "которой объединяются и рассматриваются как один целый файл настройки." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../courier-base.templates:3001 msgid "" "The web-based administration provided by the courier-webadmin package relies " "on configuration directories instead of configuration files. If you agree, " "any directories needed for the web-based administration tool will be created " "unless there is already a plain file in place." msgstr "" "web-администрирование, предоставленное пакетом courier-webadmin, зависит от " "директорий настройки, а не от файлов настройки. Если вы согласитесь, и там " "ещё нет файла настройки, то все директории, необходимые для утилиты web-" "администрирования, будут созданы." #. Type: string #.
openldap2.3 2.3.38-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap2.3
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openldap2.3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 27, 2007. Thanks, # translation of 2.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-13 17:39+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?" msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " #| "created for you." msgid "" "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " "created." msgstr "" "Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных " "создаваться не будет." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "always" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "when needed" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "never" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:" msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your " #| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is " #| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data " #| "Interchange Format)." msgid "" "Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP " "directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized " "LDAP Data Interchange Format)." msgstr "" "Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога " "LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в " "стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных " "LDAP)." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases " #| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only " #| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old " #| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will " #| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database." msgid "" "Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally " "before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if " "the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to " "be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur." msgstr "" "Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят " "ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости" "\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со " "старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если " "выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory to dump databases:" msgid "Directory for dumped databases:" msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. " #| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to " #| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free " #| "space on the partition the directory is located. The first occurrence of "
openldap2.3 2.3.38-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap2.3
Hi, (2nd call as a string was fixed lately) The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openldap2.3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, November 28, 2007. Thanks, # translation of 2.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-14 04:33+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?" msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " #| "created for you." msgid "" "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be " "created." msgstr "" "Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных " "создаваться не будет." #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "always" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "when needed" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../slapd.templates:3001 msgid "never" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:" msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your " #| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is " #| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data " #| "Interchange Format)." msgid "" "Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP " "directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized " "LDAP Data Interchange Format)." msgstr "" "Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога " "LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в " "стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных " "LDAP)." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases " #| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only " #| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old " #| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will " #| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database." msgid "" "Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally " "before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if " "the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to " "be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur." msgstr "" "Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят " "ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости" "\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со " "старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если " "выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory to dump databases:" msgid "Directory for dumped databases:" msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../slapd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. " #| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to " #| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free " #| "space on the partition the direct
no-ip 2.1.7-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package no-ip
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for no-ip. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, December 09, 2007. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.1.7-1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-25 12:57+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-30 11:12+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "No-IP.com user name:" msgstr "Имя пользователя на No-IP.com:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "Please enter your No-IP.com account user name (usually your email address)." msgstr "" "Введите ваше имя учётной записи на No-IP.com (обычно, это ваш адрес " "электронной почты)." #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "No-IP.com password:" msgstr "Пароль на No-IP.com:" #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please enter your No-IP.com account user name (usually your email " #| "address)." msgid "Please enter your No-IP.com account password." msgstr "" "Введите ваше имя учётной записи на No-IP.com (обычно, это ваш адрес " "электронной почты)." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Update interval (in minutes):" msgstr "Интервал обновления (в минутах):" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "Please enter the updating frequency (in minutes) the noip2 client should use " "to refresh the record of your IP address." msgstr "" "Укажите частоту обновления (в минутах), с которой клиент noip2 должен " "обновлять запись об IP-адресе." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid "List of hosts or groups:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid "" "Please specify a comma- or space-separated list of hosts or groups to update." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid "" "If you leave this field empty, all hosts and groups listed in your No-IP.com " "account will be updated." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid "Network device name:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid "" "Please specify the name of the network device connected to the Internet " "(typically ethX or pppX, where X is a number)." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid "" "This field may be left empty if this host has a single network interface." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "Disable Network Address Translation (NAT)?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "" "Please specify whether noip2 should not attempt to detect the external IP " "address of this computer." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:7001 msgid "If in doubt, you should leave the default choice." msgstr "" #~ msgid "noip2 package configuration" #~ msgstr "конфигурация пакета noip2" #~ msgid "" #~ "The noip2 package uses a configuration data file named /etc/noip2.conf. " #~ "Further questions are meant to fill in settings in that file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Пакет noip2 использует файл конфигурации с именем /etc/noip2.conf. " #~ "Дальнейшие вопросы будут касаться настроек из этого файла." #~ msgid "" #~ "These settings must be updated whenever your account or password changes " #~ "or when you add or delete hosts and/or groups at www.no-ip.com. This can " #~ "be done by reconfiguring this package by running 'dpkg-reconfigure noip2' " #~ "as root." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Эти настройки должны обновляться всякий раз при изменении вашей учётной " #~ "записи или пароля, или когда вы добавляете или удаляете хосты и/или " #~ "группы на www.no-ip.com. Это можно сделать с помощью перенастройки пакета " #~ "командой 'dpkg-reconfigure noip2', запущенной с правами root."
auctex 11.83-8: Please update debconf PO translation for the package auctex
$# Lines beginning with a number sign are comments, they are removed when # sending mails. If a line is composed of a # followed by a 'Name: Value' # pair, it is interpreted as a mail header field and is passed to your mail # transport agent. You can edit/add/remove those header fields. # # From: Christian Perrier <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> # Subject: auctex 11.83-8: Please update debconf PO translation for the package auctex # # This mail will be sent to the following people: ### [*] cs.po: Miroslav Kure <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Czech <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] de.po: Helge Kreutzmann <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, German <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] es.po: Steve Lord Flaubert <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Spanish <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] fr.po: Steve Petruzzello <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, French <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] gl.po: Jacobo Tarrio <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Galician <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] it.po: Davide G. M. Salvetti <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Italian <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] ja.po: Atsushi Shimono <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Japanese <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] nl.po: Vincent Zweije <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Debian-Dutch <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] pt.po: Ricardo Silva <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Native Portuguese <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] pt_BR.po: Andr?? Lu??s Lopes <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Debian-BR Project <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> ### [*] ru.po: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Russian # (you can update email addresses, remove a line or add/remove the cross # between the brackets) Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for auctex. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 12, 2007. Thanks, # Russian translation of the "debian/auctex/templates" file of auctex # Debian package. # # Copyright (C) 2007 Davide G. M. Salvetti # # This file is distributed under the same license as the auctex Debian # package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # # arch-tag: 95d0127a-1b10-4325-a61e-7880f29b842a msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 11.83-6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:15+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-04 15:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../auctex/templates:2001 msgid "Background" msgstr "фоновый" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../auctex/templates:2001 msgid "Foreground" msgstr "оперативный" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../auctex/templates:2001 msgid "None" msgstr "не выполнять" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../auctex/templates:2002 msgid "(La)TeX macros parsing mode:" msgstr "Режим анализа макросов (La)TeX:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../auctex/templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "To greatly improve AUCTeX performances, every TeX macro package and LaTeX " #| "style file currently installed at your site will be parsed." msgid "" "To improve the performance of AUCTeX, every currently installed TeX macro " "package and LaTeX style file will be parsed." msgstr "" "Для значительного увеличения производительности AUCTeX, каждый макропакет " "TeX и файл стилей LaTeX, установленный в системе, будет проанализирован." #. Type: select #. Description #. Translators: do NOT translate ${LOGFILE} #: ../auctex/templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This may take a lot of time, so it should be probably done in the " #| "background; however you may also choose to have it done in the " #| "foreground, or to skip the parsing at all instead. If you choose " #| "Background, you will find a detailed log of the process in the file: " #| "${LOGFILE}." msgid "" "This may take a lot of time, so it should probably be done in the " "background. You may also choose to have it done in the foreground, or to " "skip that step. If you choose 'Background', you will find a detailed log of " "the process in ${LOGFILE}."
playmidi 2.4debian-9: Please update debconf PO translation for the package playmidi
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for playmidi. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 12, 2007. Thanks, # translation of playmidi_2.4debian-8_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Ilgiz Kalmetev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2002. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.4debian-8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 08:20+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-18 21:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Options for playmidi when invoked through MIME" msgid "Options for playmidi when invoked through MIME:" msgstr "Параметры для playmidi при вызове через MIME:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "The playmidi package sets up a MIME entry which allows mail user agents and " "other applications to play MIDI files." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "In order for playmidi to work properly, you may need to set hardware-" "specific options:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you have an external MIDI device or an Ensoniq SoundScape, Turtle " #| "Beach WaveFront or WaveBlaster sound card, use `-e'." msgid "" " '-a': Sound Blaster AWE32;\n" " '-e': external MIDI device, Ensoniq SoundScape, Turtle\n" " Beach WaveFront or WaveBlaster sound card;\n" " '-g': Gravis Ultrasound." msgstr "" "Если у вас есть внешнее устройство MIDI или звуковые карты Ensoniq " "SoundScape, Turtle Beach WaveFront или WaveBlaster, укажите `-e'." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "Most other cards require no specific options and will work with this field " "left blank. This setting is kept in /etc/playmidi/playmidi.conf." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "This package sets up a MIME entry which allows your mail user agent and " #~ "other applications to play MIDI files. As playmidi doesn't have a proper " #~ "configuration file yet, you'll need to specify any options required for " #~ "it to work with your sound hardware." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Этот пакет устанавливает запись MIME, которая позволяет вашему почтовому " #~ "клиенту и другим приложениям воспроизводить файлы MIDI. Так как пока у " #~ "playmidi нет настроечного файла, вам нужно указать любые параметры, " #~ "требуемые для работы вашего звукового оборудования." #~ msgid "If you have a Sound Blaster AWE32, use `-a'." #~ msgstr "Если у вас есть Sound Blaster AWE32, укажите `-a'." #~ msgid "If you have a Gravis Ultrasound, use `-g'." #~ msgstr "Если у вас есть Gravis Ultrasound, укажите `-g'." #~ msgid "" #~ "Otherwise, try leaving this blank -- many cards will work without extra " #~ "flags. If you change your mind later, edit `/etc/playmidi/playmidi.conf'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Иначе, попробуйте оставить это поле пустым -- многие карты работают без " #~ "дополнительных параметров. Если вы потом измените своё решение, то " #~ "отредактируйте файл `/etc/playmidi/playmidi.conf'."
hesiod 3.0.2-18.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package hesiod
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for hesiod. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 12, 2007. Thanks, # translation of hesiod_3.0.2-18_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 3.0.2-18\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:22+\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 18:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001 msgid "Hesiod domain for searches:" msgstr "Домен Hesiod для поисков:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hesiod looks up keys using the standard Domain Name System. Enter the " #| "right-hand side of the domain name to do searches in. This name should " #| "begin with a \".\"." msgid "" "Hesiod looks up keys using the standard Domain Name System. Please enter the " "rightmost part of the domain name to do searches in. This name should begin " "with a '.' character." msgstr "" "Hesiod ищет ключи используя стандартную систему доменных имён (DNS). Введите " "правую часть (rhs) доменного имени для поиска. Значение должно начинаться с " "\".\"." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001 msgid "Hesiod prefix for searches:" msgstr "Префикс Hesiod для поисков:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hesiod lookups generally happen in a subdomain of the main domain. Enter " #| "the name of the subdomain here. This name should begin with a \".\". At " #| "most sites, this entry should be \".ns\"." msgid "" "Hesiod lookups generally happen in a subdomain of the main domain. Please " "enter the name of the subdomain. This name should begin with a '.' " "character. This entry is '.ns' at many sites." msgstr "" "Обычно Hesiod осуществляет поиск в определённом поддомене (lhs) главного " "домена. Введите здесь имя поддомена. Оно должно начинаться с \".\". Для " "большинства установок подходит \".ns\"." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "DNS class search order:" msgstr "Порядок поиска в классах DNS:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "" "Hesiod looks up names using DNS TXT records. In addition to using the " "standard IN DNS class for Internet names, it also uses by default the " "special HS class." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "" "Please enter the class search order (the default value is suitable for most " "sites). There should be no spaces in this search order value." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "" "Sites using older Hesiod installations may need to use the 'HS,IN' search " "order." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Hesiod looks up names using DNS TXT records. In addition to using the " #~ "standard IN DNS class for Internet names, it also uses by default the " #~ "special HS class. You can change the class search order here, or leave " #~ "out IN or HS if you want to. Don't insert extra spaces in the value. " #~ "The default search path is \"IN,HS\" to search both classes. At some " #~ "sites where older hesiod installations are still in use, you may need to " #~ "specify \"HS,IN\" instead." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hesiod ищет данные в TXT записях DNS. Кроме используемого по умолчанию " #~ "специального класса HS, используется стандартный IN класс DNS для имён " #~ "интернет. Здесь вы можете изменить порядок просмотра в классах или " #~ "оставить IN или HS, если хотите. Не вставляйте дополнительные пробелы в " #~ "значение. Порядок поиска по умолчанию: \"IN,HS\", поиск осуществляется в " #~ "записях обоих классов. Для установленных ранних версий hesiod, вместо " #~ "этого может потребоваться указать \"HS,IN\"."
phpmyadmin 4:2.11.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package phpmyadmin
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for phpmyadmin. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, December 17, 2007. Thanks, # translation of phpmyadmin_ru.po to Russian # translation of phpmyadmin to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Sergey Alyoshin, 2007 # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: phpmyadmin_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 11:59+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-03 16:37+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Web server to reconfigure automatically:" msgstr "Веб-сервер для автоматической перенастройки:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "Please choose the web server that should be automatically configured to run " "phpMyAdmin." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name for web-based setup system:" msgid "Username for web-based setup system:" msgstr "Имя пользователя для системы веб-установки:" #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001 msgid "" "The setup system for phpMyAdmin may be used, after installation, from http://"; "localhost/phpmyadmin/scripts/setup.php." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001 msgid "" "Access to this system requires identification with a username and a password." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Leave empty if you want to use the default user name 'admin'." msgid "" "If you leave this field empty, the default username ('admin') will be used." msgstr "Оставьте пустым, если хотите использовать по умолчанию имя `admin'." #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Password for web-based setup system:" msgstr "Пароль для системы веб-установки:" #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can manage the usernames and passwords with the `htpasswd' command. " #| "They are stored in the file /etc/phpmyadmin/htpasswd.setup" msgid "" "Usernames and passwords may be managed with the `htpasswd' command and are " "stored in /etc/phpmyadmin/htpasswd.setup." msgstr "" "Вы можете управлять именами и паролями пользователей с помощью команды " "`htpasswd'. Они хранятся в файле /etc/phpmyadmin/htpasswd.setup" #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Leave empty if you want to disable access to the web-based setup." msgid "" "If you leave this field empty, access to the web-based setup will be " "disabled." msgstr "Оставьте пустым, если хотите запретить доступ к веб-установке." #~ msgid "" #~ "phpMyAdmin supports any web server that PHP does, but this automatic " #~ "configuration process only supports Apache." #~ msgstr "" #~ "phpMyAdmin поддерживает любой веб-сервер, который работает с PHP, но " #~ "данный процесс автоматической настройки поддерживает только Apache." #~ msgid "" #~ "phpMyAdmin comes with a setup script that can help you with creating a " #~ "configuration. The script is located at http://localhost/phpmyadmin/"; #~ "scripts/setup.php. For security reasons it requires authorization." #~ msgstr "" #~ "phpMyAdmin поставляется со скриптом установки, который поможет вам в " #~ "настройке. Скрипт расположен по адресу http://localhost/phpmyadmin/"; #~ "scripts/setup.php . В целях безопасности, он требует авторизации."
zephyr 2.1.20070719.SNAPSHOT-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zephyr
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for zephyr. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 19, 2007. Thanks, # translation of zephyr_2.1.20070719.SNAPSHOT-1_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Unknown, 2003,. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.1.20070719.SNAPSHOT-1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-05 09:47+0530\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-18 21:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 ../zephyr-server.templates:2001 msgid "Zephyr servers:" msgstr "Серверы Zephyr:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 ../zephyr-server.templates:2001 msgid "" "Please specify the full names of the Zephyr servers, as a space-separated " "list." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 ../zephyr-server.templates:2001 msgid "" "The list configured on clients can be a subset of the list configured on " "servers." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 msgid "This can be left empty if Hesiod is used to advertise Zephyr servers." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Please type the full names of your zephyr servers, separated by spaces. " #~ "(note that this can be a subset of what you're telling the servers) If " #~ "you are using hesiod to advertise your zephyr servers, leave this blank." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введите полные имена ваших серверов zephyr, разделяя их пробелами " #~ "(заметим, что это может быть подмножеством того, что вы указываете " #~ "серверам). Если для объявления серверов zephyr, вы используете hesiod, то " #~ "оставьте это поле пустым." #~ msgid "" #~ "Please type the full names of your zephyr servers, separated by spaces. " #~ "(Note that this can be a superset of that you're telling the clients.)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введите полные имена ваших серверов zephyr, разделяя их пробелами " #~ "(заметим, что это может быть надмножеством того, что вы указываете " #~ "клиентам)."
apt-listchanges 2.76: Please update debconf PO translation for the package apt-listchanges
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for apt-listchanges. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 26, 2007. Thanks, # translation of apt-listchanges_2.72.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Ilgiz Kalmetev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 2.72.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-12 11:31+0530\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-11 16:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "pager" msgstr "пейджер" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "browser" msgstr "браузер" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "xterm-pager" msgstr "xterm-пейджер" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "xterm-browser" msgstr "xterm-браузер" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "gtk" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "text" msgstr "текст" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "mail" msgstr "почта" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "none" msgstr "не выводить" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid "Method for changes display:" msgstr "Метод показа изменений:" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "apt-listchanges can display package changes in a number of different ways." msgid "" "Package changes may be displayed by apt-listchanges in a number of different " "ways." msgstr "" "apt-listchanges может отображать записи журнала изменений в пакете " "несколькими способами." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " pager : use your preferred pager to display changes one page at\n" #| " a time;\n" #| " browser : display HTML-formatted changes using a web browser;\n" #| " xterm-pager : like pager, but in an xterm in the background;\n" #| " xterm-browser : like browser, but in an xterm in the background;\n" #| " text : print changes to your terminal (without pausing);\n" #| " mail : only send changes via mail;\n" #| " none : do not run automatically from apt." msgid "" " pager: display changes one page at a time;\n" " browser : display HTML-formatted changes using a web browser;\n" " xterm-pager : like pager, but in an xterm in the background;\n" " xterm-browser: like browser, but in an xterm in the background;\n" " gtk : display changes in a GTK window;\n" " text : print changes to the terminal (without pausing);\n" " mail : only send changes via mail;\n" " none : do not run automatically from APT." msgstr "" " пейджер : предпочитаемый пейджер для постраничного просмотра " "изменений;\n" " браузер : просмотр изменений в формате HTML через веб браузер;\n" " xterm-пейджер : то же, что и пейджер, но в окне xterm;\n" " xterm-браузер : то же, что и браузер, но в окне xterm;\n" " текст : вывести изменения на терминал (без пауз);\n" " почта : послать изменения по почте;\n" " не выводить : не запускать из apt автоматически." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid "" "This setting can be overridden at execution time. All frontends but 'none' " "can also mail a copy." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-mail Address(es) which will receive changes:" msgid "E-mail address(es) which will receive changes:" msgstr "E-mail адрес(а), на который будут отправлены изменения:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "apt-listchanges can email a copy of displayed changes. Please enter the " #| "email address the changes should be sent to." msgid "" "Optionally, apt-listchanges can e-mail a copy of displayed changes to a " "specified ad
proftpd-dfsg 1.3.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package proftpd-dfsg
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for proftpd-dfsg. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 26, 2007. Thanks, # translation of proftpd_1.3.0-7_ru.po to Russian # translation of proftpd_1.2.8-14.po to russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. #Translators, please read /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proftpd_1.3.0-7_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-12 11:52+0530\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 17:58+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../proftpd.templates:2001 msgid "from inetd" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../proftpd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "inetd, standalone" msgid "standalone" msgstr "через inetd, самостоятельно" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../proftpd.templates:2002 msgid "Run proftpd:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../proftpd.templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ProFTPd can be run either as a service from inetd, or as a standalone " #| "server. Each choice has its own benefits. If you have only a few ftp " #| "connections per day, it is probably better to run proftp from inetd in " #| "order to save resources." msgid "" "ProFTPd can be run either as a service from inetd, or as a standalone " "server. Each choice has its own benefits. With only a few FTP connections " "per day, it is probably better to run ProFTPd from inetd in order to save " "resources." msgstr "" "ProFTPd может быть запущен либо как сервис через inetd, либо как " "самостоятельный сервер. Каждый из способов имеет свои преимущества. Если с " "вашим ftp сервером за день происходит лишь несколько сеансов связи, то лучше " "запускать proftp через inetd, чтобы сэкономить ресурсы." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../proftpd.templates:2002 msgid "" "On the other hand, with higher traffic, ProFTPd should run as a standalone " "server to avoid spawning a new process for each incoming connection." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #. Not reviewed: obsolete #: ../proftpd.templates:3001 msgid "Warning on syntax changes in ProFTPd configuration." msgstr "Предупреждение: в синтаксисе настройки ProFTPd есть изменения." #. Type: note #. Description #. Not reviewed: obsolete #: ../proftpd.templates:3001 msgid "" "You are upgrading from a pre-1.3.0 version. Probably you will need to revise " "your previous configuration to be compliant with current directives. Please, " "consult documentation and how-tos available in proftpd-doc and change /etc/" "proftpd/proftpd.conf as needed." msgstr "" "Вы обновляетесь с версии пред-1.3.0. Возможно Вам нужно проверить имеющиеся " "настройки на совместимость с текущей версией. Необходимую документацию Вы " "можете найдете в пакете proftpd-doc и исправьте файл /etc/proftpd.conf так, " "как Вам нужно." #. Type: note #. Description #. Not reviewed: obsolete #: ../proftpd.templates:3001 msgid "" "Unfortunately, it is nearly impossible currently to convert your setup " "automatically, but for some basic issues. You will have to do it yourself. " "ProFTPd could also be unable to use the resulting configuration, and it " "would not restart after upgrading." msgstr "" "К несчастью, полная автоматическая конвертация невозможна, кроме некоторых " "элементарных вещей. Вы должны сделать это сами. ProFTPd не сможет " "использовать получившиеся настройки и не сможет перезапуститься после " "обновления." #. Type: note #. Description #. Not reviewed: obsolete #: ../proftpd.templates:3001 msgid "" "Note also that starting from 1.3.0 version, dynamic modules are used and " "configuration should be splitted, keeping modules loading instructions " "within the new /etc/proftpd/modules.conf configuration file for future " "hacks. That file should be included by the main configuration file." msgstr "" "Обратите внимание, что начиная с версии 1.3.0, используются динамические " "модули и настройки надо разделить, оставив инструкции по загрузке модулей в " "новом настроечном файле /etc/proftpd/modules.conf для будущих изменений. " "Этот файл надо подключить в главном настроечном файле." #~ msgid "Run proftpd from inetd or standalone?" #~ msgstr "Запускать proftpd самостоятельно или через inetd?" #~ msgid "" #~ "On the other hand, if your ftp site is visi
hesiod 3.0.2-18.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package hesiod
(2nd call for translations: some remarks by one of the English proofreaders were inadvertently ommitted previously. If you already sent a translation update, please send it to the same bug reportsee bug numbers at the end of this mail Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for hesiod. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, December 27, 2007. Thanks, Current status of updates: * Basque. Closes: #453298 * Galician. Closes: #453329 * Vietnamese. Closes: #453375 * Finnish. Closes: #453649 * Italian. Closes: #454644 * French. Closes: #454696 * Czech. Closes: #41 * Russian. Closes: #455966 # translation of ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 3.0.2-18.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-13 12:21+0530\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-29 20:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001 msgid "Hesiod domain for searches:" msgstr "Домен Hesiod для поисков:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001 msgid "Please enter the Hesiod RHS (right hand-side) to do searches in." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001 ../libhesiod0.templates:3001 msgid "" "If the Hesiod server is 'ns.example.org' then the LHS will be '.ns', the RHS " "will be '.example.org' (note leading periods) and directory lookups will be " "performed as DNS requests to (e.g.) 'sam.passwd.ns.example.org'." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001 msgid "Hesiod prefix for searches:" msgstr "Префикс Hesiod для поисков:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001 msgid "Please enter the Hesiod LHS (left hand-side) to do searches in." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "DNS class search order:" msgstr "Порядок поиска в классах DNS:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "" "Hesiod looks up names using DNS TXT records. In addition to using the " "standard IN DNS class for Internet names, it also uses by default the " "special HS class." msgstr "" "Hesiod ищет данные в TXT записях DNS. Кроме используемого по умолчанию " "специального класса HS, используется стандартный IN класс DNS для имён " "интернет." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "" "Please enter the class search order (the default value is suitable for most " "sites). There should be no spaces in this search order value." msgstr "" "Укажите порядок просмотра классов (значение по умолчанию подходит для " "большинства установок). Не вставляйте дополнительные пробелы в значение " "порядка поиска." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001 msgid "" "Sites using older Hesiod installations may need to use the 'HS,IN' search " "order." msgstr "" "Для установленных ранних версий Hesiod, может потребоваться указать порядок " "поиска 'HS,IN'." #~ msgid "" #~ "Hesiod looks up keys using the standard Domain Name System. Please enter " #~ "the rightmost part of the domain name to do searches in. This name should " #~ "begin with a '.' character." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hesiod ищет ключи, используя стандартную систему доменных имён (DNS). " #~ "Введите правую часть (rhs) доменного имени для поиска. Это имя должно " #~ "начинаться с символа '.'." #~ msgid "" #~ "Hesiod lookups generally happen in a subdomain of the main domain. Please " #~ "enter the name of the subdomain. This name should begin with a '.' " #~ "character. This entry is '.ns' at many sites." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Обычно Hesiod осуществляет поиск в поддомене (lhs) главного домена. " #~ "Введите здесь имя поддомена. Оно должно начинаться с '.'. Для большинства " #~ "установок подходит '.ns'."
calamaris 2.99.4.0-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package calamaris
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for calamaris. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, January 16, 2008. Thanks, # translation of calamaris_2.99.4.0-1_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: calamaris_2.99.4.0-1_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-02 08:21+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 21:09+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "auto" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "squid" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:2001 msgid "oops" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "What type of proxy log files do you want to analyse?" msgid "Type of proxy log files to analyze:" msgstr "Какой тип файлов журнала прокси вы желаете анализировать?" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid "" "Calamaris is able to process log files from Squid or Oops. If you choose " "'auto' it will look first for Squid log files and then for Oops log files." msgstr "" "Calamaris умеет обрабатывать файлы журнала от Squid или Oops. Если вы " "выберете'авто', то сначала будут искаться журнальные файлы Squid, а затем " "Oops." #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:2002 msgid "" "Choosing 'auto' is recommended when only one proxy is installed. Otherwise, " "the appropriate setting can be enforced here." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001 msgid "nothing" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001 msgid "mail" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001 msgid "web" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001 msgid "both" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 msgid "Output method for Calamaris daily analysis reports:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 ../templates:7002 ../templates:11002 msgid "" "The result of the Calamaris analysis can be sent as an email to a specified " "address or stored as a web page." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 ../templates:7002 ../templates:11002 msgid "Please choose which of these methods you want to use." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Recipient for daily analysis reports by mail:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "Please choose the address that should receive daily Calamaris analysis " "reports." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 ../templates:8001 ../templates:12001 msgid "This setting is only needed if the reports are to be sent by email." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid "Directory for storing HTML daily analysis reports:" msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid "" "Please choose the directory where daily Calamaris analysis reports should be " "stored." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:5001 ../templates:9001 ../templates:13001 msgid "This setting is only needed if the reports are to be generated as HTML." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Default #: ../templates:6001 msgid "Squid daily" msgstr "Squid за день" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:6002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Title of the daily analysis" msgid "T
htdig 1:3.2.0b6-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package htdig
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for htdig. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, February 03, 2008. Thanks, # translation of htdig_1:3.2.0b6-2_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: htdig_1-3.2.0b6-2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-20 14:11+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 21:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generate endings database now?" msgid "Generate ht://Dig endings database now?" msgstr "Сгенерировать конечные базы данных сейчас?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The ht://Dig search engine requires an endings database which has to be " #| "generated before the first start. Generating the database will take a " #| "short while. It can be done either now or later by calling the '/usr/sbin/" #| "htdigconfig' script. Should the database be generated now rather than " #| "later on?" msgid "" "The ht://Dig search engine requires an endings database which has to be " "generated before the first start. Generating the database will take a short " "while. It can be done either now or later by calling the '/usr/sbin/" "htdigconfig' script." msgstr "" "Поисковому движку ht://Dig требуются конечные базы данных, которые должны " "быть сгенерированы перед первым запуском. Генерация баз данных займёт время. " "Это может быть сделано сейчас или позже вызовом сценария '/usr/sbin/" "htdigconfig'. Сгенерировать базы данных прямо сейчас?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Schedule a daily execution of the 'rundig' script?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "On-line content must be indexed by the 'rundig' script before ht://Dig can " "be used to search data. That script indexes the web content defined in /etc/" "htdig/htdig.conf." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "If you choose this option, a daily run of the script will be scheduled. You " "may choose to not use this option if ht://Dig is used another way (for " "instance by KDE, to perform local indexing). If in doubt, do not choose this " "option." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Execute the rundig script daily?" #~ msgstr "Выполнять сценарий rundig ежедневно?" #~ msgid "" #~ "rundig is a program that obtains on-line content and creates a searchable " #~ "database for the ht://Dig search engine. It downloads and indexes HTML " #~ "from the web, as defined in /etc/htdig/htdig.conf. Say Yes if you wish to " #~ "run this program daily. Say No if you don't plan to use htdig in this way " #~ "(perhaps htdig is being used by a third party, for instance KDE, to " #~ "perform local indexing). If in doubt, say No. It is the safest choice " #~ "unless you know what you're doing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "rundig -- это программа, которая принимает контент он-лайн и создаёт базу " #~ "данных поиска для поискового движка ht://Dig. Она загружает и индексирует " #~ "HTML из веб, как это задано в файле /etc/htdig/htdig.conf. Ответьте \"да" #~ "\", если хотите запускать эту программу ежедневно. Ответьте \"нет\", если " #~ "не планируете использовать htdig таким способом (возможно, htdig будет " #~ "использован сторонней программой, например KDE, для выполнения локального " #~ "индексирования). Если не будете, ответьте \"нет\". Это безопасный ответ, " #~ "если не знаете, что делать."
openvpn 2.1~rc4-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openvpn
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for openvpn. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, February 09, 2008. Thanks, # translation of openvpn_2.0.9-4_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: openvpn_2.0.9-4_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-26 17:45+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-09 13:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Would you like to start openvpn sooner?" msgstr "Желаете запускать openvpn пораньше?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "Previous versions of openvpn started at the same time as most of other " "services. This means that most of these services couldn't use openvpn since " "it may have been unavailable when they started. Newer versions of the " "openvpn package will start earlier. (i.e. a S16openvpn link in rc[235].d " "instead of a S20openvpn)" msgstr "" "Предыдущие версии openvpn запускались в то же время, что и большинство " "остальных сервисов. Это означает, что большинство из этих сервисов не могут " "использовать openvpn, поскольку он мог быть недоступен, когда они " "запустились. Новые версии пакета openvpn запускаются раньше. (т.е. ссылка " "S16openvpn в rc[235].d вместо S20openvpn)" #. Type: boolean #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #. Type: boolean #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #: ../templates:2001 ../templates:6001 msgid "" "If you accept here, the package upgrade will make this change for you. If " "you refuse, nothing will change, and openvpn will be working just like it " "did before." msgstr "" "Если согласиться, то обновление пакета сделает для вас это изменение. Если " "отклонить, то ничего не изменится, и openvpn будет работать по-прежнему." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Create the TUN/TAP device?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "If you choose this option, the /dev/net/tun device needed by OpenVPN will be " "created." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "You should not choose this option if you're using devfs." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Stop OpenVPN when upgraded?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "The upgrade process stops the running daemon before installing the new " "version. If you are installing or upgrading the system remotely, that could " "break the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Unless you do your upgrades locally, it is advised NOT to stop openvpn " #| "before it gets upgraded. The installation process will restart it once " #| "it's done." msgid "" "Unless upgrades are performed locally, you should choose to not stop OpenVPN " "before it is upgraded. The installation process will restart it once the " "upgrade is completed." msgstr "" "Если вы не обновляетесь локально, то лучше НЕ ОСТАНАВЛИВАТЬ openvpn до " "завершения обновления. Процесс установки перезапустит его, как только все " "завершится." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This option will take effect in your next upgrade." msgid "This option will take effect for the next upgrade." msgstr "Эта опция начнет действовать при следующем обновлении." #. Type: note #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #: ../templates:5001 msgid "Default port has changed" msgstr "Порт по умолчанию изменился" #. Type: note #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #: ../templates:5001 msgid "" "OpenVPN's default port has changed from 5000 to 1194 (IANA assigned). If you " "don't specify the port to be used on your VPNs, this upgrade may break them." msgstr "" "Порт по умолчанию для OpenVPN изменился с 5000 на 1194 (назначено IANA). " "Если Вы не указали используемый порт в ваших VPN-ах, то это обновление может " "сломать их." #. Type: note #. Description #. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete #: ../templates:5001 msgid "" "Use the option 'port 5000' if you want to keep the old port configuration, " "or take a look at your firewall rules to a
setserial 2.17-45: Please update debconf PO translation for the package setserial
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for setserial. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, February 20, 2008. Thanks, # translation of setserial_2.17-41_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: setserial_2.17-41_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 18:54+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-21 14:08+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Automatically configure the serial port parameters?" msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "It is recommended that the serial port parameters should be configured " "automatically. It is also possible to configure them manually by editing the " "file /etc/serial.conf." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "PCMCIA serial-type devices should be configured with pcmciautils. See /usr/" "share/doc/setserial/README.Debian.gz for details." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 msgid "autosave once" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 msgid "manual" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 msgid "autosave always" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:3001 msgid "kernel" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Type of automatic serial port configuration to use?" msgid "Type of automatic serial port configuration:" msgstr "Метод автоматической настройки последовательных портов?" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 msgid "" "Setserial allows saving the current serial configuration in various ways:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:3002 msgid "" " autosave once : save only once, now;\n" " manual : never save the configuration automatically;\n" " autosave always: save on every system shutdown (risks overwriting the\n" " serial.conf file with errors);\n" " kernel : do not use the serial.conf file and use the kernel " "settings\n" " at bootup." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #: ../templates:4001 msgid "Please read documentation on old 0setserial entries" msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочтите документацию по старым записям 0setserial" #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #: ../templates:4001 ../templates:5001 msgid "" "You have an old-style 0setserial entry. The configuration mechanism has " "changed completely after setserial release 2.14." msgstr "" "Файл 0setserial содержит настройки в старом формате. После версее 2.14 " "пакета setserial механизм настроек был полностью изменён." #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "Your old /etc/rc.boot/0setserial file was just renamed to 0setserial.pre-" "2.15." msgstr "" "Ваш старый файл /etc/rc.boot/0setserial был переименован в 0setserial.pre-" "2.15." #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #: ../templates:4001 msgid "" "Read /usr/share/doc/setserial/README.Debian.gz file for more information." msgstr "" "Более подробные сведения изложены в файле /usr/share/doc/setserial/README." "Debian.gz." #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #: ../templates:5001 msgid "New method of bootup initialization used" msgstr "Используется новый метод инициализации" #. Type: note #. Description #. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed #: ../templates:5001 msgid "" "Your old /etc/rc.boot/0setserial file was removed. The /etc/init.d/setserial " "file is used instead." msgstr "" "Старый файл /etc/rc.boot/0setserial был удален. Вместо него используется " "файл /etc/init.d/setserial." #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid "Error during update-modules
mdadm 2.6.3+200709292116+4450e59-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mdadm
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for mdadm. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, February 20, 2008. Thanks, # translation of mdadm-2.5.3.git200608202239-6_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mdadm_2.5.3.git200608202239-6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 18:49+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-23 23:54+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mdadm.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MD arrays needed for the root filesystem:" msgid "MD arrays needed for the root file system:" msgstr "MD массивы, нужные для корневой файловой системы:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mdadm.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please enter a space-separated list of devices, 'all', or 'none'. You may " #| "omit the leading '/dev/' and just enter e.g. \"md0 md1\", or \"md/1 md/d0" #| "\"." msgid "" "Please enter 'all', 'none', or a space-separated list of devices such as " "'md0 md1' or 'md/1 md/d0' (the leading '/dev/' can be omitted)." msgstr "" "Введите список устройств через пробел, слово 'all' или 'none'. Вы можете не " "указывать начальную часть пути типа '/dev/', а просто вводить имена " "устройств, например \"md0 md1\" или \"md/1 md/d0\"." #. Type: text #. Description #: ../mdadm.templates:3001 msgid "for internal use - only the long description is needed." msgstr "" "для внутреннего пользования - нужно использовать только длинное описание." #. Type: text #. Description #: ../mdadm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If your system has its root filesystem on an MD array (RAID), it needs to " #| "be started early during the boot sequence. If your root filesystem is on " #| "a logical volume (LVM), which is on MD, all constituent arrays need to be " #| "started." msgid "" "If the system's root file system is located on an MD array (RAID), it needs " "to be started early during the boot sequence. If it is located on a logical " "volume (LVM), which is on MD, all constituent arrays need to be started." msgstr "" "Если в системе корневая файловая система расположена на MD массиве (RAID), " "он должен быть запущен в самом начале процесса загрузки. Если корневая " "файловая система расположена на логическом томе (LVM), который расположен на " "MD, то должны быть запущены все компоненты массивов." #. Type: text #. Description #: ../mdadm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you know exactly which arrays are needed to bring up the root " #| "filesystem, and you want to postpone starting all other arrays to a later " #| "point in the boot sequence, enter the arrays to start here. " #| "Alternatively, enter 'all' to simply start all available arrays." msgid "" "If you know exactly which arrays are needed to bring up the root file " "system, and you want to postpone starting all other arrays to a later point " "in the boot sequence, enter the arrays to start here. Alternatively, enter " "'all' to simply start all available arrays." msgstr "" "Если вы точно знаете какие массивы требуются для получения работоспособной " "корневой файловой системы и хотите отложить запуск остальных массивов на " "более поздний момент в процессе загрузки, то введите их здесь. Иначе, " "введите слово 'all', чтобы просто запустить все доступные массивы." #. Type: text #. Description #: ../mdadm.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you do not need or want to start any arrays for the root filesystem, " #| "leave the answer blank (or enter 'none'). This may be the case if you are " #| "using kernel autostart or do not need any arrays to boot." msgid "" "If you do not need or want to start any arrays for the root file system, " "leave the answer blank (or enter 'none'). This may be the case if you are " "using kernel autostart or do not need any arrays to boot." msgstr "" "Если вам это не нужн
resolvconf 1.39: Please update debconf PO translation for the package resolvconf
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for resolvconf. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, February 25, 2008. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: resolvconf-1.34\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-11 07:44+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-29 11:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "Prepare /etc/resolv.conf for dynamic updates?" msgstr "Включить динамическое обновление /etc/resolv.conf?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This package contains the infrastructure required for dynamic updating of " #| "the resolver configuration file. Part of the necessary infrastructure is " #| "a symbolic link from /etc/resolv.conf to /etc/resolvconf/run/resolv.conf. " #| "If you agree then this link will be created. The existing /etc/resolv." #| "conf file will be preserved as /etc/resolvconf/resolv.conf.d/original; it " #| "will be restored if this package is removed." msgid "" "The resolvconf package contains the infrastructure required for dynamic " "updating of the resolver configuration file. Part of the necessary " "infrastructure is a symbolic link from /etc/resolv.conf to /etc/resolvconf/" "run/resolv.conf. If you choose this option then this link will be created; " "the existing /etc/resolv.conf file will be preserved as /etc/resolvconf/" "resolv.conf.d/original, and will be restored if this package is removed." msgstr "" "Данный пакет содержит инфраструктуру динамического обновления файла " "настройки определителя имён. Одной из необходимых частей инфраструктуры " "является символическая ссылка /etc/resolv.conf на /etc/resolvconf/run/resolv." "conf. Если вы ответите утвердительно, то такая ссылка будет создана. " "Существующий файл /etc/resolv.conf будет сохранён под именем /etc/resolvconf/" "resolv.conf.d/original; он будет восстановлен при удалении пакета." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "Declining this option will prevent future installations from recreating the " "symbolic link and therefore the resolver configuration file will not be " "dynamically updated. Dynamic updating can then be activated following " "instructions in the README file." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "The presence of resolvconf can affect the behavior of other programs, so it " "should not be left installed if unconfigured." msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Network interfaces reconfiguration mandatory" msgstr "" #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Once resolvconf is installed, interface configurers supply nameserver " #| "information to it (which it then makes available to the C Library " #| "resolver and to DNS caches). However, they do this only when they bring " #| "up interfaces. Therefore for resolvconf's nameserver information to be up " #| "to date after initial installation it is necessary to reconfigure " #| "interfaces -- that is, to take them down and then to bring them up again " #| "-- and to restart DNS caches." msgid "" "Once resolvconf is installed, interface configurers supply name server " "information to it (which it then makes available to the C library resolver " "and to DNS caches). However, they do this only when they bring up " "interfaces. Therefore for resolvconf's name server information to be up to " "date after initial installation it is necessary to reconfigure interfaces " "(that is, to take them down and then to bring them up again) and to restart " "DNS caches." msgstr "" "После установки resolvconf, настройщики интерфейсов предоставляют ему " "информацию о серверах имён (которая затем становится доступна C библиотеке " "resolver и кеширующим DNS). Однако, они делают это только при активации " "интерфейсов. Поэтому, чтобы синхронизировать информацию о сервера
Re: Bug#465476: aptitude: Localized confirmation prompt is misleading
Quoting Andrey ([EMAIL PROTECTED]): > Package: aptitude > Version: 0.4.10-1+b1 > Severity: normal > > To reproduce: > > [EMAIL PROTECTED]:~$ sudo aptitude install ~nemacs21 > Чтение списков пакетов... Готово > Построение дерева зависимостей > Reading state information... Готово > Чтение информации о расширенных состояниях > Инициализация состояний пакетов... Готово > Чтение описаний задач... Готово > Построение базы данных тегов... Готово > Нет подходящей версии для emacs21-common-non-dfsg > Нет подходящей версии для emacs21-common-non-dfsg > Следующие пакеты оставлены не обновлёнными: > emacspeak > Следующие НОВЫЕ пакеты будут установлены: > emacs21 emacs21-bin-common emacs21-common emacs21-el gdk-imlib11{a} > gnome-bin{a} > gnome-libs-data{a} imlib-base{a} libart2{a} libcanna1g{a} libcompfaceg1{a} > libgnome32{a} > libgnomesupport0{a} libgnomeui32{a} libgnorba27{a} libgnorbagtk0{a} > liborbit0{a} xemacs21 > xemacs21-basesupport xemacs21-basesupport-el xemacs21-bin > xemacs21-gnome-mule > xemacs21-gnome-mule-canna-wnn xemacs21-gnome-nomule xemacs21-mule > xemacs21-mule-canna-wnn > xemacs21-mulesupport xemacs21-mulesupport-el xemacs21-nomule > xemacs21-support > xemacs21-supportel > 0 пакетов обновлено, 31 установлено новых, 0 пакетов отмечено для удаления, и > 1 пакетов не обновлено. > Необходимо получить 68,4MB/80,0MB архивов. После распаковки 235MB будет > занято. > Хотите продолжить? [Д/н/?] н > Неверный ответ. Введите допустимую команду или '?' для справки. > Хотите продолжить? [Д/н/?] n > Прервать. > > As you can see, aptitude tries hard to be polite and asks my > confirmation in my native language. I appreciate it and answer in > Russian too, but aptitude doesn't understand what I say :-( > From the PO file: #: src/cmdline/cmdline_prompt.cc:910 msgid "Do you want to continue? [Y/n/?] " msgstr "Хотите продолжить? [Д/н/?] " and later: #: src/ui.cc:2908 msgid "yes_key" msgstr "y" #: src/ui.cc:2909 msgid "no_key" msgstr "n" This is where the confusion comes from. The Russian translator did put "y" as "Yes key" and "n" as "No key" instead of Д and н. That explains. I can fix this myself but would rather get a "go for it" for the Russian translators. FYI, in the French translation, I used "o" ("oui") for "yes_key". "no_key" is less tricky as we a "n" (non) anyway. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
anthy 9100d-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package anthy
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for anthy. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, February 28, 2008. Thanks, # translation of anthy_7900-3_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 7900-3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-14 07:30+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 18:37+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../anthy.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-on dictionaries to use:" msgid "Extra dictionaries to use:" msgstr "Дополнительные словари:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../anthy.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The anthy package can use add-on dictionaries to the system dictionary. " #| "the following dictionaries are currently available:" msgid "" "The anthy package can use add-on dictionaries in addition to the system " "dictionary. The following are currently available:" msgstr "" "Пакет anthy может использовать дополнительные словари совместно с системным " "словарём. Доступны следующие словари:" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../anthy.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " base.t: Anthy specific words which are compatible with cannadic.\n" #| " extra.t: Anthy specific words which are not compatible with cannadic.\n" #| " 2ch.t: Dialects used in 2ch, the biggest Japanese web discussion group." msgid "" " - base.t : Anthy-specific words which are compatible with cannadic;\n" " - extra.t: Anthy-specific words which are not compatible with cannadic;\n" " - 2ch.t : Slang used in 2ch, the web's biggest Japanese discussion forum." msgstr "" " base.t: Anthy-специфичные слова, совместимые с cannadic.\n" " extra.t: Anthy-специфичные слова, несовместимые с cannadic.\n" " 2ch.t: Диалекты, используемые в 2ch, самом большом японском веб-форуме."
leafnode 1.11.7.rc1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package leafnode
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for leafnode. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, March 03, 2008. Thanks, # translation of leafnode_1.11.5-1_ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: leafnode_1.11.5-1_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-18 08:13+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 20:31+1000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Which news server should Leafnode download news from?" msgid "Server to download news from:" msgstr "С какого сервера новостей Leafnode должен скачивать новости?" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "The name of the news server should be provided by the organization providing " "you with network access, such as your Internet Service Provider." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid "" "This server is generally called \"news.\" or \"nntp.\" where " " is the local domain name." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "Enable access controls for Leafnode?" msgstr "Разрешить управление доступом для Leafnode?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you do not enable some access controls for leafnode, people everywhere " #| "will be able to use your news server, for things like posting spam or " #| "accessing huge binary newsgroups. People actively scan the net for open " #| "news servers." msgid "" "If you do not enable some access controls for Leafnode, people everywhere " "will be able to use the news server which opens opportunities for spamming " "or resource abuse." msgstr "" "Если вы не разрешите некоторый контроль доступа для leafnode, люди со всего " "мира смогут использовать ваш сервер новостей для отправления спама или для " "доступа к гигантским бинарным новостным группам. Люди активно сканируют сеть " "в поисках открытых серверов новостей." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid "" "Access controls will prevent computers other than the news server itself " "reading or posting to newsgroups using the server. If required access can be " "granted to other computers by editing /etc/hosts.allow." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PPP, permanent, none" msgid "permanent" msgstr "PPP, постоянное, нет" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:4001 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid "Network connection type:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid "The Leafnode package can automatically download news." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid "" "The method used for this depends on the network connection type. Scripts " "provided with the package support two network connection types:\n" " - permanent: hourly news downloads;\n" " - PPP : news downloads triggered by dialouts." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 msgid "Either option will work for a dial-on-demand network connection." msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:4002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can also select \"none\", which will disable automatic downloads. " #| "News can be downloaded manually by running fetchnews." msgid "" "Choosing 'none' will disable automatic news downloads. News can be " "downloaded manually by running 'fetchnews'." msgstr "" "Также вы можете выбрать \"нет\", что запретит автоматическое скачивание. " "Новости можно скачать вручную, запустив fetchnews." #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you wish to update the list of available groups?" msgid "Update the list of available groups?" msgstr "Желаете обновить список доступных групп?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Leafnode keeps the list of available newsgroups up to date when i
mailagent 3.73-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mailagent
Hi, After an initial review by debian-l10n-english, the maintainer of the mailagent package applied changes but reworded some initial propositions. As a consequence, the translation you sent a few weeks ago are outdated again. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, April 04, 2008. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the mailagent package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mailagent 3.73-27\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-03-21 21:30+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-02 10:33+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Organization name:" msgid "Organization name for this computer:" msgstr "Название организации:" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The /etc/news/organization file does not exist. That file contains the " #| "name of the organization this server belongs to so that it appears on the " #| "Organization line of outgoing articles, mail or patches." msgid "" "The /etc/news/organization file does not exist. That file contains the name " "of the organization this computer belongs to. This is the name that will " "appear in the Organization header field of outgoing articles, mail, or " "patches." msgstr "" "Файл /etc/news/organization не существует. В этом файле содержится название " "организации, которой принадлежит сервер. Название организации вставляется в " "строку Organization исходящих новостных статей, электронных писем и заплаток." #. Type: string #. Description #. Translators: the University of Southern North Dakota does not #. exist (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USND_at_Hoople) #. This is an example that's meant to be funny. You can of course pick #. one in your language if you prefer #: ../templates.master:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Please enter the name of the organization as you want it to appear in " #| "those places. It is common practice to add a city name to the " #| "organization name, for instance:\n" #| " University of Southern North Dakota, Hoople" msgid "" "Please enter the name of the organization as you want it to appear in that " "header field. It is common practice to add a location, typically a city " "name, to the organization's name, for instance:\n" " University of Southern North Dakota, Hoople" msgstr "" "Введите название организации, которое вы бы хотели подставить в эту строку. " "Обычно, к названию организации дописывают город, например:\n" " МГУ, Москва" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates.master:2001 msgid "If you enter \"--none--\", no organization name will be setup." msgstr "" "Если вы введёте \"--none--\", то название организации установлено не будет."
gclcvs 2.7.0-84.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package gclcvs
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on gclcvs pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, April 09, 2008. Thanks, # translation of ru.po to Russian # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gclcvs 2.7.0-84\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-21 08:47+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-29 18:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../in.gcl.templates:1001 msgid "Use the work-in-progress ANSI build by default?" msgstr "" "Использовать по умолчанию ANSI версию сборки, находящуюся в разработке?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../in.gcl.templates:1001 msgid "" "GCL is in the process of providing an ANSI compliant image in addition to " "its traditional CLtL1 image still in production use. Please see the README." "Debian file for a brief description of these terms. Setting this variable " "will determine which image you will use by default on executing '[EMAIL PROTECTED]@'. " "You can locally override this choice by setting the GCL_ANSI environment " "variable to any non-empty string for the ANSI build, and to the empty string " "for the CLtL1 build, e.g. GCL_ANSI=t [EMAIL PROTECTED]@. The flavor of the build in " "force will be reported in the initial startup banner." msgstr "" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../in.gcl.templates:2001 msgid "Use the profiling build by default?" msgstr "Использовать по умолчанию версию сборки с включённым профилировщиком?" #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../in.gcl.templates:2001 msgid "" "GCL now has optional support for profiling via gprof. Please see the " "documentation for si::gprof-start and si::gprof-quit for details. As this " "build is slower than builds without gprof support, it is not recommended for " "final production use. You can locally override the default choice made here " "by setting the GCL_PROF environment variable to any non-empty string for " "profiling support, and to the empty string for the more optimized builds, e." "g. GCL_PROF=t [EMAIL PROTECTED]@. If profiling is enabled, this will be reported in " "the initial startup banner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "GCL is in the process of providing an ANSI compliant image in addition to " #~ "its traditional CLtL1 image still in production use." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Помимо обычного образа CLtL1, используемого в повсеместной работе, GCL " #~ "имеет практически готовый образ, соответствующий ANSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Please see the README.Debian file for a brief description of these terms. " #~ "Choosing this option will determine which image will be used by default " #~ "when executing '[EMAIL PROTECTED]@'." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Краткое описание приведено в файле README.Debian. Данным выбором " #~ "определяется, какой из образов будет использован по умолчанию при " #~ "выполнении '[EMAIL PROTECTED]@'." #~ msgid "" #~ "This setting may be overridden by setting the GCL_ANSI environment " #~ "variable to any non-empty string for the ANSI build, and to the empty " #~ "string for the CLtL1 build, e.g. GCL_ANSI=t [EMAIL PROTECTED]@. The currently " #~ "enforced build flavor will be reported in the initial startup banner." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Эта настройка может быть переопределена установкой переменной окружения " #~ "GCL_ANSI в непустое значение для ANSI сборки, а пустым значением " #~ "выбирается CLtL1 сборка, например GCL_ANSI=t [EMAIL PROTECTED]@. Текущий " #~ "используемый тип сборки будет показан при первом запуске." #~ msgid "GCL has optional support for profiling via gprof." #~ msgstr "GCL поддерживает необязательное профилирование через gprof." #~ msgid "" #~ "Please see the documentation for si::gprof-start and si::gprof-quit for " #~ "details. As this build is slower than builds without gprof support, it is " #~ "not recommended for final production use." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Подробней об этом смотрите в документации на si::gprof-start и si::gprof-" #~ "quit. Так как данная сборка раб
snort 2.7.0-10: Please update debconf PO translation for the package snort
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for snort. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, April 20, 2008. Thanks, # translation of snort_2.3.3-12_ru.po to Russian # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snort_2.3.3-12_ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-06 08:00+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-21 16:46+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../snort.templates:1001 ../snort-mysql.templates:1001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1001 msgid "boot" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../snort.templates:1001 ../snort-mysql.templates:1001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1001 msgid "dialup" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../snort.templates:1001 ../snort-mysql.templates:1001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1001 msgid "manual" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../snort.templates:1002 ../snort-mysql.templates:1002 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1002 msgid "Snort start method:" msgstr "" #. Type: select #. Description #: ../snort.templates:1002 ../snort-mysql.templates:1002 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:1002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Snort can be started during boot, when connecting to the net with pppd or " #| "only when you manually start it via /usr/sbin/snort." msgid "" "Snort can be started during boot, when connecting to the net with pppd or " "only manually with the /usr/sbin/snort command." msgstr "" "Snort может запускаться при загрузке, при подключении к сети через pppd или " "только когда вы вручную запустите его с помощью /usr/sbin/snort." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "On which interface(s) should Snort listen?" msgid "Interface(s) which Snort should listen on:" msgstr "Какие интерфейсы должен слушать Snort?" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001 msgid "" "This value is usually 'eth0', but this may be inappropriate in some network " "environments; for a dialup connection 'ppp0' might be more appropiate (see " "the output of '/sbin/ifconfig')." msgstr "" #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Notice that Snort is usually configured to inspect all traffic coming " #| "from the Internet, so the interface you add here is usually the same the " #| "'default route' is on. You can determine which interface is used for " #| "this running either '/sbin/ip ro sh' or '/sbin/route -n' (look for " #| "'default' or '0.0.0.0')." msgid "" "Typically, this is the same interface as the 'default route' is on. You can " "determine which interface is used for this by running '/sbin/route -n' (look " "for '0.0.0.0')." msgstr "" "Обратите внимание, что Snort обычно настроен на инспектирование всего " "трафика, приходящего из Интернет, поэтому добавляемый здесь интерфейс это " "обычно тот, на котором включен 'маршрут по умолчанию'. Вы можете " "определить, какой интерфейс использовать, командой '/sbin/ip ro sh' или '/" "sbin/route -n' (ищите 'default' или '0.0.0.0')." #. Type: string #. Description #: ../snort.templates:2001 ../snort-mysql.templates:2001 #: ../snort-pgsql.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is also not uncommon to run Snort on an interface with no IP and " #| "configured in promiscuous mode, if this is your case, select the " #| "interface in this system that is physically connected to the network you " #| "want to inspect, enable promiscuous mode later on and make sure that the " #| "network traffic is sent to this interface (either connected to a 'port " #| "mirroring/spanning' port in a switch, to a hub or to a tap)" msgid "" "It is also not uncommon to use an interface with no IP address configured in " "promiscuous mode. For such cases, select the interface in this system that " "is physically connected to the network that should be inspected, enable " "promiscuous mode later on and make sure that the network traffic is sent to " "this interface (either connected to a 'port mirroring/spanning' port in a " "switch, to a hub or to a tap)." msgstr "" "Также не
debian-edu-install 0.668+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-edu-install
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on debian-edu-install pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, May 07, 2008. Thanks, # translation of dei_ru.po to Russian # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: trunk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-18 20:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-22 14:10+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" "10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Type: text #. Description #. Debian Installer Main-menu Item #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:1001 msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" msgstr "Выберите профиль Debian Edu" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001 msgid "Main-Server" msgstr "Основной сервер" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Рабочая станция" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001 msgid "Thin-Client-Server" msgstr "Сервер тонких клиентов" #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #. Type: multiselect #. Choices #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001 msgid "Standalone" msgstr "Автономная машина" #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002 msgid "Please choose which profiles will apply to this machine." msgstr "Выберите какие профили нужно применить к этой машине." #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002 msgid "" "The profiles you choose determine how the machine can be used out-of-the-" "box. You can choose several profiles, but you have to choose at least one." msgstr "" "Выбранные профили определяют как можно будет использовать машину сразу после " "завершения установки. Вы можете выбрать несколько профилей, но не меньше " "одного." #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002 msgid "" "Every Debian Edu network needs one, and only one machine running the 'Main-" "Server' profile. This machine provides the (network) services (mainly file/" "network and LDAP), so without this machine the network does not work. Since " "this machine will hold all data files it will need a lot of harddisk space. " "Installing this option solely results in a machine without a Graphical User " "Interface(=GUI), if you want a GUI you'll need to include the workstation " "profile or 'Thin-Client-Server'." msgstr "" "В каждой сети Debian Edu нужно одна и только одна машина, работающая с " "профилем 'Основной сервер'. Эта машина предоставляет (сетевые) сервисы (в " "основном файловые/сетевые и LDAP), поэтому без такой машины сеть работать не " "будет. Так как на этой машине хранятся все файлы с данными, то на ней должен " "быть большой объём дискового пространства. Выбор этой опции отключает " "установку на машину графического интерфейса пользователя (=GUI). Если вам " "требуется GUI, то вы должны включить профиль рабочей станции или 'Сервер " "тонких клиентов'." #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002 #: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002 #: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002 ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002 msgid "" "Machines running the 'Workstation' profile are normal machines. Users " "logging on a workstation a